WO2024206267A1 - Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with solvent removal prior to microbead hardening - Google Patents
Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with solvent removal prior to microbead hardening Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024206267A1 WO2024206267A1 PCT/US2024/021412 US2024021412W WO2024206267A1 WO 2024206267 A1 WO2024206267 A1 WO 2024206267A1 US 2024021412 W US2024021412 W US 2024021412W WO 2024206267 A1 WO2024206267 A1 WO 2024206267A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- solvent
- less
- microbeads
- water
- hardened
- Prior art date
Links
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 302
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 148
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 65
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 title claims description 185
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 120
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 74
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 67
- -1 C1-C4 alkyl acetate Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 206010013647 Drowning Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920001747 Cellulose diacetate Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000005374 membrane filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000005373 pervaporation Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 29
- 208000037924 multicystic encephalomalacia Diseases 0.000 description 28
- 239000000416 hydrocolloid Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 25
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 20
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 17
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical class CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 16
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000002148 esters Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 10
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol Natural products OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 6
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical class CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000490 cosmetic additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- TWNIBLMWSKIRAT-VFUOTHLCSA-N levoglucosan Chemical group O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]2CO[C@@H]1O2 TWNIBLMWSKIRAT-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- YHASWHZGWUONAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanoyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OC(=O)CCC YHASWHZGWUONAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013505 freshwater Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 4
- WYVAMUWZEOHJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionic anhydride Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC(=O)CC WYVAMUWZEOHJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NOGFHTGYPKWWRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,6,6-tetramethyloxan-4-one Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O1 NOGFHTGYPKWWRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RKJGFHYCZPZJPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(16-methylheptadecanoyloxymethyl)butyl 16-methylheptadecanoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C RKJGFHYCZPZJPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000875 Dissolving pulp Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- XCOBLONWWXQEBS-KPKJPENVSA-N N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O\C(C(F)(F)F)=N\[Si](C)(C)C XCOBLONWWXQEBS-KPKJPENVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000183024 Populus tremula Species 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- MBMBGCFOFBJSGT-KUBAVDMBSA-N all-cis-docosa-4,7,10,13,16,19-hexaenoic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCC(O)=O MBMBGCFOFBJSGT-KUBAVDMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic anhydride Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004204 candelilla wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013868 candelilla wax Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940073532 candelilla wax Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- HNRMPXKDFBEGFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl trimethyl methane Natural products CCC(C)(C)C HNRMPXKDFBEGFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Natural products OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-glycyl-glycine Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- IUJAMGNYPWYUPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hentriacontane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IUJAMGNYPWYUPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 2
- NSNPSJGHTQIXDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-carbonyl chloride Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)Cl)=CC=CC2=C1 NSNPSJGHTQIXDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl acetate Chemical compound CCCOC(C)=O YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012086 standard solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940118594 trimethylolpropane triisostearate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1Cl QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRPZMMHWLSIFAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-undecenoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC=C FRPZMMHWLSIFAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUZOBPPZPCBJAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 14-methylpentadecyl hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C OUZOBPPZPCBJAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- XFOQWQKDSMIPHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dichloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=N1 XFOQWQKDSMIPHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMZHZAAOEWVPSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxypropyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(O)CO KMZHZAAOEWVPSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKDLMTFRMQVLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-heptylundecyl hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCC KKDLMTFRMQVLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(CO)CCCCCCCC LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGRXBNZMPMGLQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecyl tetradecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCCC BGRXBNZMPMGLQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIVPNOBLHXUKDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)CCOC(=O)CC(C)CC(C)(C)C UIVPNOBLHXUKDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPMSZBGFIAFHSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-octan-3-yloxy-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC)OC(=O)CCC(O)=O JPMSZBGFIAFHSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZOYHFBNQHPJRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methyloctanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCC(O)=O XZOYHFBNQHPJRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002749 Bacterial cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000146553 Ceiba pentandra Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003301 Ceiba pentandra Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RDOFJDLLWVCMRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisobutyl adipate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)CCCCC(=O)OCC(C)C RDOFJDLLWVCMRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CMBYOWLFQAFZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCC CMBYOWLFQAFZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000057 Mannan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019482 Palm oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OQILCOQZDHPEAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palmitinsaeure-octylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCC OQILCOQZDHPEAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKMYWNHZAQUEPY-YZGJEOKZSA-N [(3s,8s,9s,10r,13r,14s,17r)-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2r)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] 12-hydroxyoctadecanoate Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)C[C@]3(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@H]3[C@@H]1CC=C1[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC(O)CCCCCC)C1 XKMYWNHZAQUEPY-YZGJEOKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRRMRHKHTQRWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(2-ethylhexanoyloxy)-2,2-bis(2-ethylhexanoyloxymethyl)propyl] 2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)C(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C(CC)CCCC)(COC(=O)C(CC)CCCC)COC(=O)C(CC)CCCC DRRMRHKHTQRWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005054 agglomeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005257 alkyl acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-JLNKQSITSA-N all-cis-5,8,11,14,17-icosapentaenoic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-JLNKQSITSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005251 aryl acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- HGKOWIQVWAQWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(16-methylheptadecyl) 2-hydroxybutanedioate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CC(O)C(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C HGKOWIQVWAQWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHAVLLBUVKBTBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N caproleic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=C KHAVLLBUVKBTBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940082483 carnauba wax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001727 cellulose butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940082500 cetostearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N decyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940031769 diisobutyl adipate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940031569 diisopropyl sebacate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XFKBBSZEQRFVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropan-2-yl decanedioate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XFKBBSZEQRFVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020669 docosahexaenoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940090949 docosahexaenoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000735 docosanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000020673 eicosapentaenoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005135 eicosapentaenoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N eicosapentaenoic acid Natural products CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCC(O)=O JAZBEHYOTPTENJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- FMYHFHVAPZDDPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;ethyl acetate;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCO.CCOC(C)=O FMYHFHVAPZDDPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJQLBGWSDGMZKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylhexyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CC)CCCCC GJQLBGWSDGMZKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019387 fatty acid methyl ester Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007863 gel particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010067216 glycyl-glycyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011121 hardwood Substances 0.000 description 1
- XJNUECKWDBNFJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecyl 2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(CC)CCCC XJNUECKWDBNFJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWMMZQMXUWUJME-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecyl octanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC DWMMZQMXUWUJME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940100463 hexyl laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-butyl acetate Natural products CC(C)COC(C)=O GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M isocaproate Chemical compound CC(C)CCC([O-])=O FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940100554 isononyl isononanoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropanol acetate Natural products CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940011051 isopropyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CC(C)C OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052743 krypton Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N krypton atom Chemical compound [Kr] DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008291 lyophilic colloid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004200 microcrystalline wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019808 microcrystalline wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012170 montan wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940078812 myristyl myristate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001728 nano-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001206 natural gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002969 oleic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BARWIPMJPCRCTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleic acid oleyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC BARWIPMJPCRCTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BARWIPMJPCRCTP-CLFAGFIQSA-N oleyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC BARWIPMJPCRCTP-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003346 palm kernel oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019865 palm kernel oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002540 palm oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003921 particle size analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001012 protector Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000012925 reference material Substances 0.000 description 1
- DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sec-butyl acetate Chemical compound CCC(C)OC(C)=O DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012056 semi-solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008257 shaving cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011122 softwood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012798 spherical particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000475 sunscreen effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000516 sunscreening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BORJONZPSTVSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)O BORJONZPSTVSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZKXJUASMGQEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl tetradecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC DZKXJUASMGQEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetratriacontyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO OULAJFUGPPVRBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DUXYWXYOBMKGIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimyristin Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC DUXYWXYOBMKGIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLPFTAMPNXLGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioctanoin Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCC VLPFTAMPNXLGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002703 undecylenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004065 wastewater treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B3/00—Preparation of cellulose esters of organic acids
- C08B3/22—Post-esterification treatments, including purification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B3/00—Preparation of cellulose esters of organic acids
- C08B3/16—Preparation of mixed organic cellulose esters, e.g. cellulose aceto-formate or cellulose aceto-propionate
- C08B3/18—Aceto-butyrates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L1/00—Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/08—Cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/10—Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
- C08L1/14—Mixed esters, e.g. cellulose acetate-butyrate
Definitions
- Microbeads are typically spheroidal plastic particles having a diameter of less than 1 millimeter (mm). These particles are sometimes included in consumer products, such as personal care and cosmetic products. Many of these microbead-containing products are designed to be applied and then washed or rinsed from the user’s body. When the microbeadcontaining products are washed or rinsed from the user’ s body, the particles are flushed down the drain and received at municipal water treatment facilities. In the past, many known microbeads had been formed from plastic or polymeric materials, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethyl methacrylate, nylon, polyurethane, and the like. These materials generally have limited biodegradability.
- the small size of the particles limits their ability to be captured at the water treatment facilities, such that the particles may be discharged from the facilities and into larger bodies of water (e.g., rivers, seas, and oceans). Once in these larger bodies of water, the plastic or polymeric microbeads may be ingested by wildlife or cause other environmental concerns.
- the possibility of producing microbead particles from more environmentally friendly materials has recently been explored.
- consumers tend to have high expectations when it comes to the personal care and/or cosmetic products they use, including those containing micron-sized particles. For example, consumers expect these personal care and cosmetic products to exhibit certain optical properties that allow the products to blend in with natural skin color and readily hide any undesirable blemishes.
- a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads comprises (a) combining a CE dope and an aqueous mixture to form an initial emulsion comprising a dispersed phase and a continuous phase, wherein the CE dope comprises a CE dissolved in a solvent, (b) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre-hardened microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (c) removing at least some of the solvent from the liquid phase to form a removed solvent and a solvent-depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, and (d) converting at least a portion of the pre-hardened CE microparticles in the solvent-deplete
- a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads comprises (a) providing a CE dope comprising a CE dissolved in a solvent, (b) combining at least a portion of the CE dope with an aqueous mixture to produce an initial emulsion, (c) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre -hardened CE microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (d) removing at least a portion of solvent from the liquid phase to form a solvent- depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, (e) separating at least a portion of the solvent-depleted dispersion from the hardened CE microbeads to define a
- a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads comprises (a) combining a CE dope and an aqueous mixture to form an initial emulsion, (b) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre -hardened CE microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (c) removing at least a portion of the solvent from the liquid phase to form a removed solvent and a solvent-depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, and (d) contacting at least a portion of the solvent-depleted dispersion with a drowning liquid to thereby form a hardened dispersion comprising hardened CE microbeads and the drowning liquid,
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example process for making cellulose ester microbeads.
- FIG. 2 is a more detailed schematic diagram of an example process for making cellulose ester microbeads.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by serialized particle formation.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by separated dope and aqueous mixture formation, and combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by combined emulsion/dispersion formation.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by solvent flashing prior to particle hardening.
- the present disclosure is directed to compositions and processes for making hardened cellulose ester (CE) microbeads that exhibit superior optical properties.
- the processes disclosed herein enable the solidity of the produced microbeads to be controlled such that they exhibit desirable tactile and optical qualities.
- the CE microbeads may have enhanced solidity, sphericity, and smoothness, low moisture content, and/or low free acid content. These qualities, along with the biodegradability of CE, make the CE microbeads produced herein desirable for use in personal care products, cosmetics, and the like.
- Values may be expressed as “about” or “approximately” a given number.
- ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value and/or to “about” or another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value.
- values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect.
- the term “and/or,” when used in a list of two or more items, means that any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or any combination of two or more of the listed items can be employed.
- the composition can contain A alone; B alone; C alone; A and B in combination; A and C in combination, B and C in combination; or A, B, and C in combination.
- the terms “comprising,” “comprises,” and “comprise” are open- ended transition terms used to transition from a subject recited before the term to one or more elements recited after the term, where the element or elements listed after the transition term are not necessarily the only elements that make up the subject.
- DS is a statistical mean value, a value of 1 does not assure that every AGU has a single substituent. In some cases, there can be unsubstituted anhydroglucose units, some with two and some with three substituents, and more often than not the value will be a noninteger. Total DS is defined as the average number of all substituents per anhydroglucose unit.
- the degree of substitution per AGU can also refer to a particular substituent, such as, for example, hydroxyl, acetyl, butyryl, or propionyl. Additionally, the degree of substitution can specify a given hydroxyl based on the carbon unit of the anhydroglucose unit.
- the degree of substitution refers to hydroxyl, i.e., DSOH
- the reference is to the average hydroxyl groups per anhydroglucose that are not substituted.
- DSOH is not used in the calculation of the total degree of substitution.
- the broad, intermediate, and narrow ranges for the pressure difference between these two streams would be 25 to 99 psi, 43 to 81 psi, and 53 to 71 psi, respectively.
- the initial emulsion may be agitated at unit 110 to form a prehardened dispersion including a sold phase and a liquid phase.
- the solid phase includes initial microparticles including at least a portion of CE 100 and at least a portion of solvent 102.
- the liquid phase includes at least a portion of water 104, at least a portion of hydrocolloid 106, and at least a portion of surfactant 108. Additional water 104 (i.e., a drowning liquid/extractant) may be added to the pre-hardened dispersion to increase the concentration of water around the initial microparticles.
- An initial hardening dispersion including the initial microparticles and the drowning liquid is formed therefrom.
- the initial hardening dispersion may be agitated at unit 110 to promote the transfer of solvent from the initial microparticles to the drowning liquid. This solvent transfer facilitates hardening of the initial microparticles to produce hardened CE microbeads 112, which are entrained in a solvent-ladened drowning liquid.
- CE microbeads 112 may be recovered from this dispersion 114 first by processing at a solid/liquid separation unit 116.
- a solid stream 118 including CE microbeads 112 may be channeled to a solids processing unit 120, where CE microbeads 112 are washed with water 122 and then dried to recover CE microbeads 112, as will be described in more detail below.
- a liquid stream 124 formed from the solvent-ladened drowning liquid may be channeled to a liquids processing unit 126.
- an excess liquid stream 128 channeled from unit 110 and a wash water stream 130 from unit 120 may also be received at unit 126 for processing therein.
- the liquids received therein may be separated into at least a water- enriched stream 132 and a solvent-enriched stream 134.
- water-enriched stream 132 may be recovered and at least a portion of which utilized in unit 110, for example.
- solvent -enriched stream 134 may be recycled and utilized as at least a portion of the solvent for forming CE microbeads 112 in unit 110. Re-utilization of the recovered water and/or solvent facilitates improving the economics of the CE microbead formation processes described herein.
- enriched refers to having a concentration of a specific component that is greater than the concentration of that component in a reference material or stream.
- CE 100 can be cellulose diacetate (“CDA”), a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), or combinations of CDA and one or more MCEs.
- MCEs include, for example, cellulose acetate butyrate (“CAB”) and cellulose acetate propionate (“CAP”).
- the cellulose esters described herein, such as CE 100 can be produced by any method known in the art. Examples of processes for producing cellulose esters are taught in Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 5th Edition, Vol. 5, Wiley- Interscience, New York (2004), pp. 394-444, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Cellulose, the starting material for producing cellulose esters can be obtained in different grades and from sources such as, for example, cotton linters, softwood pulp, hardwood pulp, corn fiber and other agricultural sources, and bacterial celluloses.
- One method of producing cellulose esters is by esterification.
- the cellulose is mixed with the appropriate organic acids, acid anhydrides, and/or catalysts and then converted to a cellulose triester.
- Ester hydrolysis is then performed by adding a water-acid mixture to the cellulose triester, which can be filtered to remove any gel particles or fibers. Water is added to the mixture to precipitate out the cellulose ester.
- the cellulose ester can then be washed with water to remove reaction by-products followed by dewatering and drying.
- Acylating reagents suitable for use herein can include, but are not limited to, alkyl or aryl carboxylic anhydrides, carboxylic acid halides, and/or carboxylic acid esters containing the above -described alkyl or aryl groups suitable for use in the acyl substituents of the substituted cellulose esters described herein.
- suitable carboxylic anhydrides include, but are not limited to, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
- carboxylic acid halides include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl chlorides or bromides.
- carboxylic acid esters include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and naphthoyl methyl esters.
- the acylating reagent can be one or more carboxylic anhydrides selected from the group consisting of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoyl anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
- the cellulose triesters that are hydrolyzed can have three substituents selected independently from alkanoyls having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
- cellulose triesters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose tripropionate, cellulose tributyrate, or mixed triesters of cellulose, such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate.
- These cellulose triesters can be prepared by a number of methods known to those skilled in the art.
- cellulose triesters can be prepared by heterogeneous acylation of cellulose in a mixture of carboxylic acid and anhydride in the presence of a catalyst, such as H2SO4.
- Cellulose triesters can also be prepared by the homogeneous acylation of cellulose dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as LiCl/DMAc or LiCl/NMP. [0037] After esterification of the cellulose to the triester, part of the acyl substituents can be removed by hydrolysis or by alcoholysis to give a secondary cellulose ester. Secondary cellulose esters can also be prepared directly with no hydrolysis by using a limiting amount of acylating reagent. This process is particularly useful when the reaction is conducted in a solvent that will dissolve cellulose.
- the cellulose esters thus prepared generally comprise the following structure: where R 2 , R 3 , and R 6 are hydrogen (with the proviso that R 2 , R 3 , and R 6 are not hydrogen simultaneously), alkyl-acyl groups, and/or aryl-acyl groups (such as those described above) bound to the cellulose via an ester linkage.
- the degree of polymerization (“DP”) of the cellulose esters prepared by these methods can be at least 10. In other embodiments, the DP of the cellulose esters can be at least 50, at least 100, or at least 250. In other embodiments, the DP of the cellulose esters can be in the range of from about 5 to about 100, or in the range of from about 10 to about 50.
- Acylating reagents suitable for use herein can include, but are not limited to, alkyl or aryl carboxylic anhydrides, carboxylic acid halides, and/or carboxylic acid esters containing the above -described alkyl or aryl groups suitable for use in the acyl substituents of the substituted cellulose esters described herein.
- suitable carboxylic anhydrides include, but are not limited to, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
- carboxylic acid halides include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl chlorides or bromides.
- carboxylic acid esters include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and naphthoyl methyl esters.
- the acylating reagent can be one or more carboxylic anhydrides selected from the group consisting of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoyl anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
- the present application discloses, in a first aspect, a mixed ester cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of propionyl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAc”) from 0.1 to 2.3, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents (“DSPr”) from 0.1 to 1.2, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.6 to 2.8.
- DSAc average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents
- DSPr average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents
- DSOH hydroxyl substituents
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSAc is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
- the DSAc is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSAc is from 0.6 to 2.2, or 0.6 to 2.1, or 0.6 to 2.0, or 0.6 to 1.9, or 0.6 to 1.8, or 0.7 to 2.3, or 0.7 to 2.2, or 0.7 to 2.1, or 0.7 to 2.0, or 0.7 to 1.9, or 0.8 to
- 2.2 or 1.2 to 2.1, or 1.2 to 2.0, or 1.2 to 1.9, or 0.6 to 1.5, or 0.6 to 1.3, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.6 to
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSp r is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
- the DSp r is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSp r is from 0.1 to 0.9, or 0.1 to 0.85, or 0.1 to 0.8, or 0.1 to 0.75, or 0.1 to 0.7, or 0.1 to 0.6 or 0.1 to 0.5, or 0.1 to 0.4, or 0.15 to 0.95, or 0.15 to 0.9, or 0.15 to 0.85, or 0.15 to 0.8, or 0.15 to 0.75, or 0.15 to 0.7, or 0.15 to 0.65, or 0.2 to 0.95, or 0.2 to 0.9, or 0.2 to 0.85, or 0.2 to 0.8, or 0.2 to 0.75, or 0.2 to 0.7, or 0.2 to 0.65, 0.25 to 0.95, or 0.25 to 0.9, or 0.25 to 0.85, or 0.25 to 0.8, or 0.25 to 0.75, or 0.25 to 0.7, or 0.25 to 0.65, or 0.3 to 0.95, or 0.3 to 0.9, or 0.3 to 0.85,
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSOH is at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6.
- the DSOH is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, or less than 0.8.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSOH is from 0.5 to 1.5, or 0.5 to 1.45, or 0.5 to 1.40, or 0.5 to 1.35, or 0.5 to 1.30, or 0.5 to 1.25, or 0.5 to 1.2, or 0.5 to 1.15, or 0.5 to 1.1, or 0.5 to 1.05, or 0.5 to 1.0, or 0.5 to 0.95 or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 1.5, or 0.55 to 1.45, or 0.55 to 1.40, or 0.55 to 1.35, or 0.55 to 1.30, or 0.55 to 1.25, or 0.55 to 1.2, or 0.55 to 1.15, or 0.55 to 1.1, or 0.55 to 1.05, or 0.55 to 1.0, or 0.55 to 0.95 or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 1.5, or 0.6 to 1.45, or 0.6 to 1.40, or 0.6 to 1.35, or 0.6 to 1.30, or 0.6 to 1.25, or 0.6 to 0.6 to
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the sum of DSPr and DS Ac is from 1.9 to 2.44, or 1.9 to 2.0, or 1.9 to 2.1, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.44, or 2.0 to 2.1, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.1 to 2.44, or 2.1 to 2.2, or 2.1 to 2.3, or 2.2 to 2.44, or 2.2 to 2.3.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1.
- the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of at least 0.4: 1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1: 1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8: 1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1.
- the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3: 1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
- the present application discloses, in a second aspect, a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of propionyl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAC”) from 0.1 to 1.2, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents (“DSp r ”) from 0.1 to 1.4, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.7 to 2.8.
- DSAC average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents
- DSp r average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents
- DSOH hydroxyl substituents
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DS Ac is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, or at least 2.0.
- the DS Ac is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DSAc is from 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.6 to 0.8, or 0.6 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 1.0, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.0, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 1.0 to 1.1, or 1.0 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.2.
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DSPr is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, or at least 1.4. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSPr is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DSp r is from 1.05 to 1.35, or 1.05 to 1.3, or 1.05 to 1.25, or 1.05 to 1.2, or 1.05 to 1.15, or 1.05 to 1.1, or 1.1 to 1.4, or 1.1 to 1.35, or 1.1 to 1.3, or 1.1 to 1.25, or 1.1 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.15, or 1.15 to 1.4, or 1.15 to 1.35, or 1.15 to 1.3, or 1.15 to 1.25, or 1.15 to 1.2, or 1.2 to 1.4, or 1.2 to 1.35, or 1.2 to 1.3, or 1.2 to 1.25, or 1.25 to 1.4, or 1.25 to 1.35, or 1.25 to 1.3, or 1.3 to 1.4, or 1.3 to 1.35.
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DSOH is at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6.
- the DSOH is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, or less than 0.8.
- class or subclass of this second aspect wherein the DSOH is from 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.7 to 1.35, or 0.7 to 1.3, or 0.7 to 1.25, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.7 to 1.15, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.05, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 0.95, or 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 0.85, or 0.7 to 0.8, or 0.7 to 0.75, or 0.75 to 1.4, or 0.75 to 1.35, or 0.75 to 1.3, or 0.75 to 1.25, or 0.75 to 1.2, or 0.75 to 1.15, or 0.75 to 1.1, or 0.75 to 1.05, or 0.75 to 1.0, or 0.75 to 0.95, or 0.8 to 1.4, or 0.8 to 1.35, or 0.8 to 1.3, or 0.8 to 1.25, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 1.15, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.05, or 0.8 to 1.05,
- the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
- the present application in a third aspect, also discloses a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of butyryl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAC”) from 0.1 to 2.4, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the butyryl substituents (“DSBU”) from 0.1 to 1.4, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.6 to 2.8.
- MCE mixed cellulose ester
- class or subclass of this first aspect wherein the DSAC is at least 0. 1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
- the DSAC is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the DSAC is from 0.9 to 2.4, 0.9 to 2.3, or 0.9 to 2.2, or 0.9 to 2.1, or 0.9 to 2.0, or 0.9 to 1.9, or 0.9 to 1.8, or 0.9 to 1.7, or 0.9 to 1.6, or 0.9 to 1.4, 0.9 to 1.3, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.0, or 0.92 to 2.4, 0.92 to 2.3, or 0.92 to 2.2, or 0.92 to 2.1, or 0.92 to 2.0, or 0.92 to 1.9, or 0.92 to 1.8, or 0.92 to 1.7, or 0.92 to 1.6, or 0.92 to 1.4, 0.92 to
- 2.4 or 1.6 to 2.3, or 1.6 to 2.2, or 1.6 to 2.1, or 1.6 to 2.0, or 1.6 to 1.9, or 1.6 to 1.8, or 1.6 to
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the DSBu is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, or at least 1.4. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSBu is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the DSBU is from 0.1 to 1.35, or 0.1 to 1.3, or 0.1 to 1.25, or 0.1 to
- 1.2 or 0.1 to 1.15, or 0.1 to 1.1, or 0.1 to 1.0, or 0.1 to 0.8, or 0.1 to 0.6, or 0.2 to 1.35, or 0.2 to 1.3, or 0.2 to 1.25, or 0.2 to 1.2, or 0.2 to 1.15, or 0.2 to 1.1, or 0.2 to 1.0, or 0.2 to 0.8, or 0.2 to 0.6, or 0.2 to 0.4, or 0.3 to 1.35, or 0.3 to 1.3, or 0.3 to 1.25, or 0.3 to 1.2, or 0.3 to 1.15, or 0.3 to 1.1, or 0.3 to 1.0, or 0.3 to 0.8, or 0.3 to 0.6, or 0.3 to 0.5, or 0.4 to 1.35, or 0.4 to 1.3, or 0.4 to 1.25, or 0.4 to 1.2, or 0.4 to 1.15, or 0.4 to 1.1, or 0.4 to 1.0, or 0.4 to 0.8, or 0.4 to 0.6, or 0.3 to 0.5, or 0.4 to 1.35,
- 1.2 or 1.05 to 1.15, or 1.05 to 1.1, or 1.1 to 1.4, or 1.1 to 1.35, or 1.1 to 1.3, or 1.1 to 1.25, or 1.1 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.15, or 1.15 to 1.4, or 1.15 to 1.35, or 1.15 to 1.3, or 1.15 to 1.25, or 1.15 to 1.2, or 1.2 to 1.4, or 1.2 to 1.35, or 1.2 to 1.3, or 1.2 to 1.25, or 1.25 to 1.4, or 1.25 to 1.35, or 1.25 to 1.3, or 1.3 to 1.4, or 1.3 to 1.35.
- the DSou is at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6.
- the DSou is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2. 1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the DSOH is from 0.5 to 1.0, or 0.5 to 0.95, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.5 to 0.85, or 0.5 to 0.8, or 0.5 to 0.75, or 0.5 to 0.7, or 0.5 to 0.65, or 0.5 to 0.6, or 0.5 to 0.55, or 0.55 to 1.0, or 0.55 to 0.95, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.85, or 0.55 to 0.8, or 0.55 to 0.75, or 0.55 to 0.7, or 0.55 or 0.65, or 0.55 to 0.6, or 0.6 to 0.65, or 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.6 to 0.75, or 0.6 to 0.8, or 0.6 to 0.85, or 0.6 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.95, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.65 to 0.7, or 0.65 to 0.75, or 0.65 to 0.8, or 0.65 to 0.85, or 0.65 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.95, or 0.6 to 1.0, or
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the sum of DSBu and DSAc is from 1.65 to 2.3, or 1.65 to 2.2, or 1.65 to 2.1, or 1.65 to 2.0, or 1.65 to 1.9, or 1.65 to 1.8, or 1.7 to 2.3, or 1.7 to 2.2, or 1.7 to 2.1, or 1.7 to 2.0, or 1.7 to 1.9, or 1.7 to 1.8, or 1.75 to 2.3, or 1.75 to 2.2, or 1.75 to 2.1, or 1.75 to 2.0, or 1.75 to 1.9, or 1.8 to 2.3, or 1.8 to 2.2, or 1.8 to 2.1, or 1.8 to 2.0, or 1.8 to 1.9, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to 2.1, or 1.9 to 2.0, 2.0 to 2.4, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.1.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1.
- the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to butyryl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6: 1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1.
- the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to butyryl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- class or subclass of this third aspect wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
- the CE 100 can be the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
- the solvent system such as solvent 102, is generally capable of solubilizing CE to produce the dispersed/solid phase of an emulsion/dispersion as described herein.
- solvent 102 may consist of a single solvent component, or may be a solvent system including a plurality of solvent components.
- the plurality of solvent components may include at least two solvent components, at least three solvent components, or three total solvent components.
- solvent 102 includes at least one, at least two, or all three of a C1-C4 alkyl acetate, a C1-C4 alcohol, and water.
- the C1-C4 alkyl acetate may include one or more of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and sec-butyl acetate.
- the C1-C4 alcohol may include one or more of methanol, ethanol, propanols (e.g., isopropanol, n-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol), and butanols (e.g., n-butanol, isobutanol, secbutanol, and tert-butanol).
- propanols e.g., isopropanol, n-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol
- butanols e.g., n-butanol, isobutanol, secbutanol, and tert-butanol.
- the C1-C4 alkyl acetate may be present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 10, 25, 50, 60, or 70 weight percent; (2) not more than 99, 95, 90, 85, or 80 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 10-99, 25-95, 50-90, or 70-85 weight percent.
- the C1-C4 alcohol when solvent 102 includes more than one solvent component, is present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 weight percent; (2) not more than 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range or 1-80, 2-60, 4-40, 6- 30, 8-20, or 10-15 weight percent.
- solvent 102 when solvent 102 includes more than one solvent component, the water is present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 25, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-25, 4-30, 6-20, or 8-15 weight percent.
- solvent 102 includes at least one, at least two, or all three of ethyl acetate, n-propanol, and water.
- ethyl acetate is present in an amount in the range of 50-90, 55- 90, 60-90, 65-90, 65-85, 70-85, or 75-85 weight percent
- n-propanol is present in an amount in the range of 4-40, 5-35, 6-30, 7-25, 8-20, 10-20, or 10-15 weight percent
- water is present in an amount in the range of 4-30, 5-25, 6-20, 7-15, 8-12, or 9-12 weight percent.
- hydrocolloids as described herein are used as a colloidal protector and/or viscosity builder.
- hydrocolloid 106 is a lyophilic colloid.
- hydrocolloid 106 may include at least one of a gelatin, a natural gum, a protein, or a cellulose derivative.
- the cellulose derivative may include one or both of methyl cellulose, and carboxy methyl cellulose.
- the hydrocolloid such as carboxy methyl cellulose, may be selected based on a desired viscosity of the resulting aqueous mixture.
- a “low” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 10-50 cps
- a “medium” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 400- 800 cps
- a “high” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 1500-3000 cps.
- surfactant 108 includes two or more individual emulsifiers.
- the individual emulsifiers may be differentiated from each other based on their Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance (HLB) numbers.
- HLB Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance
- the emulsifiers may include a lower- HLB emulsifier, and a higher-HLB emulsifier.
- the HLB number of the higher-HLB emulsifier is at least 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, or 18, and the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier not more than 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4.
- the HLB number of the higher-HLB emulsifier is greater than the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier by at least one of the following: (1) at least 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, or 14; (2) not more than 25, 20, or 15; or (3) in the range of 2-25, 8-20, or 12-15.
- the lower-HLB emulsifier is a glycerol ester of stearic acid.
- the higher-HLB emulsifier is a secondary alcohol ethoxylate.
- surfactant 108 further includes a third emulsifier.
- the third emulsifier has an HLB number greater than the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier.
- the third emulsifier is a polyethylene glycol ester of stearic acid.
- the lower-HLB emulsifier and the third emulsifier may be present in a ratio that is at least 0.25 : 1 , 0.5: 1 , 0.75: 1 , 1 :1, 1.25:1, 1.5:1, 1.75:1, or 2:l and/or not more than 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1.
- the lower-HLB emulsifier and the third emulsifier may define a combined emulsifier.
- the higher-HLB emulsifier and the combined emulsifier may be present in surfactant 108 in a ratio that is at least 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 0.75:1, 1:1, 1.25: 1, 1.5:1, 1.75:1, or 2:1 and/or not more than 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1.
- the illustrated process for making CE microbeads 112 includes separate formation of a CE dope 136 and an aqueous mixture 138.
- CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are then combined to form CE microbeads 112.
- CE dope 136 may be formed at unit 140
- aqueous mixture 138 may be formed at unit 142.
- CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 may then be combined at unit 144 to form an emulsion and/or dispersion, as will be described in more detail below.
- CE dope 136 is formed from CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134.
- CE 100 is present in CE dope in one or more of: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 weight percent; (2) not more than 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range 1-80, 2-60, 4-40, 6-30, 8-20, or 10-15 weight percent.
- solvent 102 when solvent 102 includes a C1-C4 alkyl acetate, the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 10, 25, 50, 60, or 65 weight percent; (2) not more than 95, 90, 85, 80 or 75 weight percent; and (3) in the range 10-95, 25-90, SO- 85, or 65-75 weight percent.
- solvent 102 when solvent 102 includes a C1-C4 alcohol, the C1-C4 alcohol is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 25, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-25, 4-30, 6-20, or 8-15 weight percent.
- the ratio of solvent to CE used in the dissolving to form CE dope 136 is at least 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, or 5:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, 25:1, or 10:1.
- solvent 102 when solvent 102 includes water, the water is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.5, 1, 2, 4, or 6 weight percent; (2) not more than 40, 25, 15, or 10 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.5-40, 1-25, 2-15, 4-20, or 6-10 weight percent.
- CE dope 136 is formed from CE 100, solvent 102 including ethyl acetate and n-propanol, and water 104.
- CE is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 6-30, 7-25, 8-20, 9-20, 10-15, or 12-15 weight percent
- ethyl acetate is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 50-85, 55-85, 60- 85, 65-85, 70-85, or 75-85 weight percent
- n-propanol is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 4-30, 6-25, 8-20, 10-20, or 12-15 weight percent
- water is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 4-20, 5-18, 6-16, 7-14, or 8-12 weight percent.
- CE 100, solvent 102, and water 104 are combined at unit 140 until substantially homogeneous to produce CE dope 136.
- these components are mixed at room temperature (e.g., at least 15, 20, 25, or 30 °C and/or not more than 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, or 20 °C) for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to produce the substantially homogeneous mixture.
- aqueous mixture 138 is formed from water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134.
- additional solvent 148 may be added to units 140 and/or 142 as needed to maintain concentration(s) of solvent components at suitable levels.
- the ratio of the recycled solvent portion to the fresh solvent portion used in said units 140 and/or 142 is at least 2.5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 75:1, 90:1, 95:1, or 99:1 by weight and/or not more 1000:1, 500:1, 200:1 or 100:1 by weight.
- compositional make-up of the recycled solvent varies from the composition make-up of said fresh solvent by not more than 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent total.
- the fresh solvent and the recycled solvent portion have substantially the same composition.
- the hydrocolloid is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.001, 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, or 0. 1 weight percent; (2) not more than 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.001-15, 0.01-5, or 0.1-2 weight percent.
- the surfactant is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, or 0.5 weight percent; (2) not more than 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1.5 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.005-15, 0.05-5, or 0.5-1.5 weight percent.
- the surfactant described herein may include a higher-HLB emulsifier and a lower-HLB emulsifier.
- the higher-HLB emulsifier and the lower-HLB emulsifier are present in aqueous mixture 138 in a high-to-low HLB emulsifier ratio in the range of at least 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, or 1.75:1 and/or not more than 10:1, 5:1, 3:1, or 2.5:1 and/or in the range of 0.25:1-10:1, 0.5 : 1 -5: 1 , or 1 : 1-3 : 1.
- additional solvent 148 and/or recycled solvent 146 is received at unit 142.
- the solvent used to form CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 is a common C1-C4 alkyl acetate.
- Using the at least one common component in the solvent systems received at units 140 and 142 facilitates simplification of separation, recovery, and re-use of the solvent as described herein.
- the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-40, or 6-20 weight percent.
- the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount, by weight percent, that is within 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 2 weight percent of the solubility, by weight percent, of the C1-C4 alkyl acetate in water at 20°C.
- the C1-C4 alkyl acetate may be one or both of methyl acetate and ethyl acetate. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture in an amount in the range of 2-25, 4-20, 6-15, or 8-10 weight percent. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is methyl acetate, methyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture in an amount in the range of 5-50, 10-40, 15-35, or 20-30 weight percent.
- water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and optionally a C1-C4 alkyl acetate are combined at unit 142 to produce aqueous mixture 138.
- these components are mixed at a temperature of at least 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 °C and/or not more than 100, 75, 50, 40, 35, 30, 25, or 20 °C, for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to produce a substantially homogeneous mixture, depending on the viscosity of the hydrocolloid used.
- CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 may be combined at unit 144 to produce an emulsion and/or a dispersion, as described above.
- a ratio of CE dope 136 to aqueous mixture 138 combined at unit 144 to form the initial emulsion is at least 0.05:1 to 10:1, 0.1:1 to 5: 1, 0.2:1 to 2:1, or 0.4:1 to 0.8: 1.
- the initial emulsion comprises water in an amount of at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, or 40 weight percent.
- the initial emulsion is converted into a pre-hardened dispersion including the solid phase and the liquid phase. This conversion may be carried out by at least one of shearing, spraying (ultrasonic or electro), and membrane emulsion.
- the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through a high shear mixer to disperse the solid phase within the liquid phase, and to facilitate hardening of the solid phase to produce the initial microparticles.
- This shearing may be performed as CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are fed to unit 144 and/or may be performed after predetermined quantities of CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are within unit 144.
- the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through the high shear mixer for at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 residence times and/or for not more than 20, 15, 10, 9, or 8 residence times based on the total volume of the high shear mixer used.
- the high shear mixing is performed for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to recirculate the volume of the mixture for the predetermined number of residence times.
- agitation of the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is performed at unit 144.
- the agitation performed at unit 144 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio.
- the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s.
- the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
- solid As used herein, terms such as “solid,” “solid phase,” “particles,” and “microparticles” refer to semi-solid materials that do not lose their discrete nature (i.e., flowing together) when an aqueous/continuous phase surrounding the material is removed.
- a pre-hardened dispersion 150 formed at unit 144, and including the initial microparticles (i.e., solid phase), may be channeled to a hardening unit 152 to convert the initial particles to hardened CE microbeads 112.
- the initial microparticles contained within pre-hardened dispersion 150 are contacted with an extractant 154 (i.e., a drowning liquid) to produce a hardened dispersion 156. That is, the contacting step facilitates de- solventizing and hardening the initial microparticles into CE microbeads.
- the extractant is water.
- the extractant may be methanol, ethanol, and combinations thereof.
- the pre-hardened dispersion and the extractant are combined at unit 152 at an extractant-to- dispersion weight ratio of at least 0.5:1, 1 :1, 1.5:1, 2:1, or 1.5:1 and/or not more than 10:1, 8:1, 6:1, 4:1, or 3:1.
- the weight ratio of extractant to pre-hardened particles used in the contacting step is at least 2: 1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1. 30:1, or 40:1 and/or not more than 200:1, 100:1, 80:1. 60:1, or 50:1.
- hardened dispersion 156 has water in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 25, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, or 90 weight percent; (2) not more than 99, 97.5, 95, 92.5, 90, 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 50-99, 70-95, or 80-92.5 weight percent.
- hardened dispersion 156 has water in a weight concentration that is at least 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5 times greater than and/or not more than 100, 70, 50, 25, 15, 10, 5, or 2.5 times greater than the weight concentration of water in the initial emulsion.
- hardening of the microparticles is carried out under agitation.
- the agitation performed at unit 152 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio.
- the converting/hardening is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the converting/hardening is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000.
- the converting/hardening is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
- the converting/hardening is performed for a time period of at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, or 20 minutes and/or not more than 12, 8, 6, 4, or 2 hours, and at a temperature of at least 0, 5, or 10 °C and/or not more than 100, 75, 50, or 25 °C.
- the converting/hardening is performed in a single vessel, or in multiple vessels. Multiple vessels may be needed based on the output of CE microbeads to be produced and the volumetric capacity of available vessels used for the hardening. In embodiments where multiple vessels are used, a first portion of pre-hardened dispersion 150 may be received at a first hardening unit, and a second portion of pre-hardened dispersion may be received at a second hardening unit. Flow communication may then be provided between the separate hardening units to enhance mass transfer such that desolventization of the initial microparticles is accelerated.
- prehardened dispersion 150 has a solids content of at least 0.5, 1, 2, 3, or 4 and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 10, or 6 weight percent.
- hardened dispersion 156 has a solids content of at least 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, or 1 weight percent and/or not more than 20, 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent.
- the solids content of the pre -hardened dispersion is at least 1.5, 2, 3, or 4 and/or not more than 20, 10, 8, or 6 times greater than the solids content of the hardened dispersion.
- solvent is extracted from the initial microparticles to produce hardened dispersion 156 including hardened CE microbeads 112 and a solvent-laden drowning liquid.
- CE microbeads 112 may be isolated and recovered from hardened dispersion 156 using any suitable technique at unit 158.
- the isolating may be performed by at least one, at least two, or all three of the following: (1) flashing one or more liquid components away from the hardened CE microbeads; (2) filtering the hardened CE microbeads away from one or more liquid components; and (3) centrifuging, redispersing, and drying the hardened microbeads.
- Solids processing and/or CE microbead isolation may be performed in a single unit, as illustrated in FIG. 1 , or may be performed in multiple units, as illustrated in FIG. 2.
- a wet solids stream 160 and a separated mother liquor stream 162 are discharged from unit 158.
- Wet solids stream 160 contains the hardened CE microbeads and residual liquid.
- wet solids stream 160 has a solids content of at least 10, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 45 weight percent and/or not more than 60, 65, 50, 45, or 40 weight percent. This enables wet solids stream 160 to be conveyed to downstream units with reduced clogging and processing concerns.
- Wet solids stream 160 may then, optionally, be processed in a wash unit 164, and a second solid/liquid separation unit 166.
- the hardened CE microbeads are washed with water 122 to produce a washed solids stream 168.
- Washed solids stream 168 is then processed at unit 166 by at least one, at least two, or all three of the following: (1) flashing one or more liquid components away from the hardened CE microbeads; (2) filtering the hardened CE microbeads away from one or more liquid components; and (3) centrifuging, redispersing, and drying the hardened microbeads.
- a wash liquor 130 may be recovered from the second solid/liquid separation step and then recycled for use as at least a portion of the aqueous mixture in unit 142 and/or for use as at least a portion of the drowning liquid in unit 152.
- At least 1, 5, or 10 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 50, 20, or 10 weight percent of aqueous mixture 138 is the recycled wash liquor.
- At least 1, 5, or 10 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 50, 20, or 10 weight percent of drowning liquid 154 used in unit 152 is the recycled wash liquor.
- a wet solids stream 172 discharged from unit 166 is then received at a drying unit 170.
- drying is performed at unit 170 under agitation and with the addition of heat. Such agitation facilitates reducing agglomeration of the recovered CE microbeads 112. Properties of the recovered CE microbeads 112 are described in more detail below.
- drying unit 170 is a rotary cone dryer.
- Separated mother liquor stream 162 discharged from unit 158 may be processed to recover water and/or solvent.
- the recovered water and/or solvent may then be recycled to one or more of the units shown in FIG. 2 to enhance the economic efficiency of the microbeads formation processes described herein.
- mother liquor stream 162 contains at least a portion of the water and at least a portion of the solvent introduced at units 140 and/or 142, for example. Mother liquor stream 162 may also contain residual amounts of the hydrocolloid, surfactant, and any components used in the making of the mixed cellulose esters. [0149] Mother liquor stream 162 may be heated 174 and then separated at unit 176 into at least two separate streams, such as solvent-enriched stream 134 and water-enriched (solvent- depleted) stream 132. Mother liquor stream 162 may be separated using any suitable technique at unit 176. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the liquids separation may be performed by distillation and the like.
- water-enriched stream 132 includes one or more of the following: (1) water; (2) a surfactant; (3) a hydrocolloid; and (4) a C1-C4 alkyl acetate.
- water-enriched stream 132 may be cooled 181 and then recycled to one or more units illustrated in FIG. 2.
- the composition of water-enriched stream 132 enables it to be recycled to at least one of unit 142 as stream 178 for use in the forming of aqueous mixture 138, and/or to unit 152 as stream 180 for use in de-solventizing the initial microparticles, thereby reducing water usage required for such processes. Any excess not required by these processes may be purged from the system and subjected to wastewater treatment, for example.
- the ratio of recycled water in stream 180 used in the hardening step to recycled water in stream 178 used in forming aqueous mixture 138 is at least 1:1, 1.5: 1, 2:1, 3: 1, 4:1 and/or not more than 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, or 6:1.
- the ratio of recycled water in stream 180 used in the hardening step to purge water is at least 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 and/or not more than 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, or 6:1.
- At least 75, 90, 95, 98, 99, or 100 weight percent of the extractant used in unit 152 is recycled water recovered downstream from unit 152, such as water contained in water-enriched stream 132 that is recycled to unit 152.
- fresh water 154 is added to unit 152 for use in the hardening step.
- the ratio of the total amount of added fresh water to purge water is at least 0.25 : 1 0.5: 1 , 0.75:1, or 0.9:1 and/or not more than 4:1, 2:1, 1.5:1, 1.25:1, or 1.1 :1.
- solvent-enriched stream 134 includes one or more of: (1) a C1-C4 alkyl acetate; (2) a C1-C4 alcohol; and (3) water.
- solvent-enriched stream 134 may be recycled to one or more units illustrated in FIG. 2.
- the composition of solvent-enriched stream 134 enables it to be recycled to at least one of unit 140 for use as a portion of the solvent in the forming of CE dope 136, and/or to unit 142 for use in the forming of aqueous mixture 138. Any excess not required by these processes may be purged from the system.
- At least 75, 90, 95, 98, 99, or 100 weight percent of the solvent used in unit 140 used to form CE dope 136 is recycled solvent 146.
- fresh water 104 is added to unit 142 for use in forming aqueous mixture 138.
- the ratio of the combined amount of water in streams 178 and 180 to the total amount of added fresh water 104 in unit 142 is at least 2:1, 4:1, 6:1, or 8:1.
- aqueous mixture 138 includes an azeotrope of water and C1-C4 alkyl acetate, and/or of water and C1-C4 alcohol, derived from water-enriched stream 132.
- Hydroxyl is generally a strong hydrogen bonder.
- the cosolvent alcohol of the solvent system described herein is also a strong hydrogen bonder.
- the ability of the cosolvent alcohol to hydrogen bond was found to decrease as the number of carbons (i.e., C1-C4) increases. Accordingly, lower carbon number binary solvent systems that did not contain water were found to be capable of dissolving cellulose esters having a DSOH greater than a biodegradability threshold (e.g., DSOH of greater than 0.8).
- recycled solvent 146 contains water in an amount of at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent and/or not more than 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
- recycled solvent 146 contains at least one azeotrope, wherein the azeotrope contains water and another component.
- the azeotrope in recycled solvent 146 may be a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, or both a water/alcohol azeotrope and a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
- recycled solvent 146 contains a plurality of azeotropes.
- the plurality of azeotropes include a plurality of binary azeotropes.
- the components of the solvent system are selected such that recycled solvent 146 does not contain any ternary azeotropes, thereby simplifying recovery and recycling of said solvent.
- solvent-enriched stream 134 contains less than 10 weight percent, less than 1 weight percent, less than 0.1 weight percent, or 0.0 weight percent of a ternary azeotrope.
- recycled solvent 146 contains three total binary azeotropes, such as a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, and an alcohol/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
- three total binary azeotropes such as a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, and an alcohol/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
- the Water Purge stream is required to prevent accumulation of Hydrocolloid 106 and Surfactant 108 in the entire system.
- Solvent Enriched Stream 134 flows from the top of the column Solvent/Extract Separation 176 as Recycled Solvent 146 to Dope Formation 140 and possibly to Aqueous Mixture Formation 142.
- TABLE A ASPEN run is for one particular embodiment.
- CE microbeads 112 are produced by serialized particle formation.
- particle formation begins at unit 142, in which water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134 is combined to form aqueous mixture 138.
- Aqueous mixture 138 is discharged from unit 142 and received at a dispersion formation unit 182.
- aqueous mixture 138 is combined with CE 100, solvent 102, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134.
- aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 are combined in a common unit to form the initial emulsion.
- aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 are agitated in unit 182 the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through a high shear mixer to disperse the solid phase within the liquid phase of the initial emulsion, and to facilitate hardening of the solid phase to produce the initial microparticles.
- agitation of the combined aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 is performed at unit 182.
- the agitation performed at unit 182 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio.
- the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s.
- the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
- Pre -hardened dispersion 150 is then discharged from unit 182 and hardened CE microbeads 112 recovered therefrom as described above.
- CE microbeads 112 are produced by separated dope and aqueous mixture formation, and combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
- particle formation begins as illustrated in FIG. 2, wherein CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are formed in separate units.
- CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are fed to a common emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening unit 184.
- CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are combined and agitated to form the initial emulsion as described herein.
- extractant 154 is fed directly to unit 184 to perform de-solventization of the initial microparticles.
- CE microbeads 112 are produced by combined emulsion/dispersion formation.
- particle formation begins by combining all of CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 and recycled water 178 in a common unit 186. This mixture is agitated as described herein to produce pre-hardened dispersion 150 containing initial microparticles. Pre-hardened dispersion is received at unit 152 to de-solventize the initial microparticles as described herein.
- CE microbeads 112 are produced by combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
- particle formation begins by combining all of CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 and recycled water 178 in a common unit 188.
- these components are combined and agitated to form the initial emulsion as described herein.
- extractant 154 is fed directly to unit 188 to perform de-solventization of the initial microparticles.
- CE microbeads 112 are produced by solvent flashing prior to particle hardening.
- pre-hardened dispersion 150 discharged from unit 144 is received at a flash unit 190, rather than at particle hardening unit 152.
- At unit 144 at least some of the solvent of pre-hardened dispersion 150 is removed from the liquid phase thereof, to thereby form a solvent-depleted dispersion 192 having a reduced solvent content.
- Solvent-depleted dispersion 192 is received at unit 152 to harden the pre-hardened microparticles contained therein, as described above.
- a flashed solvent stream 194 discharged from unit 190 may be channeled to unit 176 to perform liquids processing and recycle thereof.
- the removing at unit 144 is performed by pervaporation, crossflow membrane filtration (ultrafiltration or nanofiltration), flash pot, spray pot, or wiped film evaporation.
- the removing at unit 144 reduces the solvent in said dispersion by at least 30 percent, at least 50 percent, at least 75 percent, at least 90 percent, between 30 and 90 percent, or between 50 and 75 percent by weight.
- solvent-depleted dispersion 192 has a solids content of at least 3, 4, 5, or 6 and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
- a volume ratio of drowning liquid to the solvent-depleted dispersion used in unit 152 is less than 2.5:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, 1.25:1, or 1:1.
- the hardened CE microbeads produced by the processes disclosed herein exhibit desirable tactile and/or optical qualities, for example, making them desirable for use in personal care products, cosmetics, and the like.
- the terms “microparticles,” “beads,” and “microbeads” may be used interchangeably with the term “hardened CE microbeads.”
- CE microbeads are produced at a rate of at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day.
- CE, solvent, and/or water is provided within the system at one or more of the following corresponding rates.
- CE is provided at unit 140 at a rate of at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day.
- solvent is provided at unit 140 at a rate of at least at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day.
- water is provided unit 152 at a rate of at least at least 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, 10000, 25000, 50000, or 100000 kg/day and/or not more than 1000000, 750000, or 500000 kg/day.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a hardness at 20°C that is greater than the hardness at 20°C of the initial microparticles contained within pre-hardened dispersion 150 and/or formed in any of the processes described herein.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a hardness of at least 1.1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, or 2 times greater than the hardness of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than 100, 50, 25, or 10 ppmw.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than 0.99, 0.95, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 of the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content that is at least 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16 or 20 weight percent less than the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size that is within 50, 25, 15, 10, 5, or 2 percent of the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size of less than the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size of less than 0.99, 0.95, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 of the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 100, 2 to 80, 2 to 70, 2 to 60, 2 to 50, 2 to 40, 2 to 35, 2 to 30, 2 to 25, 2 to 20, 2 to 15, 2 to 10, 3 to 100, 3 to 80, 3 to 70, 3 to 60, 3 to 50, 3 to 40, 3 to 35, 3 to 30, 3 to 25, 3 to 20, 3 to 15, 3 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to
- the hardened CE microbeads can have a D50 particle size of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 microns.
- the term “D50” means that 50% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis.
- the D50 value may also be treated as the median particle size.
- the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams.
- the microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for D50 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution.
- One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D50 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical.
- the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements.
- the dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate ( ⁇ 4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out.
- the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D10 volume-based particle size of 0.5 to 20, 0.5 to 15, 0.5 to 12, 0.5 to 10, 0.5 to 5, 0.5 to 4, 0.5 to 3, 0.5 to 2, 0.5 to 1, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 12, 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2 to 20, 2 to 10, 2 to 5, 3 to 20, 3 to 15, 3 to 10, 4 to 20, 4 to 15, 4 to 10, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 20, or 10 to 15 microns.
- the hardened CE microbeads can have a DIO volume-based particle size of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 microns.
- D10 volume-based means that 10% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis.
- the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams.
- the microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol.
- Testing for D10 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution.
- One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D10 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical.
- the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements.
- the dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate ( ⁇ 4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out.
- the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D90 volume-based particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to 80, 15 to 70, 15 to 60, 15 to 50, 15 to 40, 15 to 35, 15 to 30, 15 to 25, 15 to 20, 20 to 100, 20 to 80, 20 to 70, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 20 to 30, 25 to 100, 25 to 80, 25 to 70, 25 to 60, 25 to 50, 25
- the hardened CE microbeads can have a D90 volume -based particle size of 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, or 20 microns.
- the term “D90 volume-based” means that 90% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis.
- the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams.
- the microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol.
- Testing for D90 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution.
- One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D90 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical.
- the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements.
- the dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate ( ⁇ 4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out.
- the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
- the hardened CE microbeads have a D100 volume-based particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to 80, 15 to 70, 15 to 60, 15 to 50, 15 to 40, 15 to 35, 15 to 30, 15 to 25, 15 to 20, 20 to 100, 20 to 80, 20 to 70, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 20 to 30, 25 to 100, 25 to 80, 25 to 70, 25 to 60, 25 to 50, 25
- the hardened CE microbeads can have a D100 volume-based particle size of 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, or 20 microns.
- the term “D100 volume -based” means that 100% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis. To ensure that a representative D100 value is obtained, the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams. The microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for DI 00 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution. One suitable particle size analyzer for determining DI 00 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical.
- the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements.
- the dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate ( ⁇ 4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out.
- the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
- the hardened CE microbeads have an average sphericity of at least at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, 95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent.
- Average sphericity is determined by: (1) obtaining a secondary emission/ETD detector scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image of a representative sample of at least 40 microbeads, (2) on the SEM image, selecting a square sample window centered at the center of the SEM that contains exactly 30 microbeads whose entire outer perimeters are clearly visible (i.e., not occluded), (3) measuring the maximum and minimum diameters (each extending through the particle's centroid and not necessarily perpendicular to one another) of the 30 clearly visible microbeads in the sample window, (4) for each of the 30 particles, dividing the minimum diameter by the maximum diameter and multiplying the result by 100% to obtain 30 individual particle sphericities, and (5) averaging the 30 individual particle sphericities to obtain the average sphericity.
- SEM secondary emission/ETD detector scanning electron microscopy
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a monomodal particle size distribution with a span of at least 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1.0, 1.05, 1.1, 1.15, 1.2, 1.25, 1.3, or 1.4 and/or less than 3.0, 2.9, 2.8, 2.7, 2.6, 2.5, 2.4, 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, or 1.5.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a monomodal particle size distribution with a span of 1.0 to 3.0, 1.0 to 2.5, 1.0 to 2.0, 1.0 to 1.8, 1.0 to 1.6, 1.2 to 3.0, 1.2 to 2.5, 1.2 to 2.0, 1.2 to 1.8, 1.2 to 1.6, 1.3 to 3.0, 1.3 to 2.5, 1.3 to 2.0, 1.3 to 1.8, or 1.3 to 1.6.
- “monomodal particle size distribution” refers to a particle size distribution for a material that only has a single notable peak of size distribution. This is in contrast to multimodal particle size distributions, which will have two or more peaks of particle size distributions.
- the “span” of the monomodal peak may be measured using the DIO, D50, and D90 values of the particles using the following formula:
- the hardened CE microbeads have an average smoothness of at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, 95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent.
- Average smoothness is determined by: (1) obtaining a secondary emission/EDT detector scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image of a representative sample of at least 20 microbeads, (2) on the SEM, selecting a square sample window centered at the center of the SEM that contains exactly 10 microbeads whose entire outer perimeters are clearly visible (i.e., not occluded), (3) binarizing the sample window by manual binarization with upper and lower thresholds chosen to match the exact shape of the darker regions of the particles, (4) for each of the 10 microbeads, selecting a square window at or near the center of the particle having length and width that are approximately 1/3 of the particle diameter (before binarizing the particle), (5) dividing the dark region area in the square window by the total area of the square window and multiplying the result by 100% to obtain 10 individual particle smoothness, and (5) averaging the 10 individual particle smoothness to obtain the average smoothness.
- SEM secondary emission/EDT detector scanning electron microscopy
- the hardened CE microbeads have an average BET surface area of at least 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2,
- the hardened CE microbeads have a BET average pore size of at least 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 56, 57, 58, or 59 angstroms and/or less than 75, 70, 65, or 60 angstroms as measured according to ISO 9277 and ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH average pore size of at least 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 125, or 130 angstroms and/or less than 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, or 130 angstroms as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH surface area of pores from 17 to 3,000 angstroms of at least 0.5, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4. or 1.5 and/or less than 2.5, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3 m2/g as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH volume of pores from 17 to 3,000 angstroms of at least 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, or 0.004 and/or less than 0.1, 0.05, or 0.01 mL/g as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a true specific gravity of at least 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, or 0.9 and/or not more than 1.5, 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, or 0.6 as measured by JIS Z8807-1976.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a bulk specific gravity of at least 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8 and/or not more than 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 as measured by JIS 1201-1.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a polydispersity index of less than 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, or 0.3.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a surfactant content of less than 200, 150, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a plasticizer content of less than 200, 150, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a butyric acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the hardened CE microbeads have an acetic acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a propionic acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the butyric acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid contents of the hardened CE microbeads may be measured via gas chromatography (“GC”).
- GC gas chromatography
- the butyric acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid contents may be measured by adding about 100 mg of the hardened CE microbeads to a tared 4-dram vial, followed by the addition of an internal standard solution comprising nonane in a 90: 10 mixture of dichloromethane/methanol.
- a magnetic stir bar is placed in the vial, and the sample is stirred for two hours. After stirring, 8.0 mL of n-heptane is added dropwise to precipitate the polymer, and then the sample is vortexed.
- a second GC methodology involves preparing samples by adding approximately 30 mg of hardened CE microbeads to a tared GC vial, followed by 200 pL of an internal standard solution comprising decane in pyridine, and 1.0 mL of BSTFA.
- the vials re heated at 80°C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature before injection. Samples are then chromatographed simultaneously on 100% dimethylpolysiloxane and 6% cyanopropyl-phenyl- methylpolysiloxane columns using temperature programming and flame ionization detection.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a sulfuric acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
- the sulfuric acid content of the hardened CE microbeads may be measured by the following methodology. First, the tested sample is added to a titration cell and dissolved in a solvent for a total volume of 70 mL. Solvent blanks are also prepared for comparison purposes. The samples and blanks are then titrated with 0.05 N potassium hydroxide in methanol using an automatic titrator equipped with a combination glass potentiometric electrode. Acid number is calculated based on the sample weight and the KOH consumed in the sample minus the KOH consumed in the blank.
- the hardened CE microbeads have a CE content of at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 weight percent of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
- the hardened CE microbeads may have a CE content of less than 99.9, 99.5, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 91, 90, 89, 88, 87, 86, or 85 weight percent of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
- the hardened CE microbeads may consist essentially of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
- the hardened CE microbeads may contain an additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect.
- this additional cellulose ester can be cellulose acetate, which exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- the hardened CE microbeads may contain at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 weight percent the additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may contain less than 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5 weight percent of the additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect.
- the hardened CE microbeads have moisture content in one or more of the following amounts: (1) greater than 0 weight percent; (2) not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.05 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0-10, 0-5, 0-4, 0-3, or 1.3 weight percent.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit an oil absorption of at least 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 mL per 100 g as measured using test method ASTM D281, wherein mineral oil is used instead of castor oil.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a zeta potential of at least -95, at least -90, at least -85, at least -80, at least -75, at least -70, at least -65, at least -60, at least -55, at least -50, or at least -45 mV.
- the hardened CE microbeads may exhibit a zeta potential of less than -5, less than -10, less than -15, less than -20, less than -25, less than -30, less than -35, less than -40, less than -45, less than -50, less than -55, less than -60, or less than -65 mV.
- Zeta potential was measured by dispersing the microbeads in water by vortex mixing for 30 seconds. The microbead concentration was controlled at 0.5 mg/ml. Zeta potential tests were done on a Zetasizer Nano series, model ZEN 3600 instrument from Malvern Panalytical with a sample cell DTS 1070. A Smolu chowski model is then used for Zeta potential calculation.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a haze transmission of at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, or at least 45 percent. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may exhibit a haze transmission of less than 90, less than 85, less than 80, less than 75, less than 70, less than 65, less than 60, less than 55, less than 50, less than 45, less than 40 percent.
- the haze transmission may be measured using a BYK Glossmeter and a BYK Haze Gard I by forming an aqueous emulsion comprising 5 weight percent of the biodegradable beads.
- the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a total transmission of at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 86, at least 87, at least 88, or at least 89 percent as measured using a BYK Haze-Gard I unit.
- the hardened CE microbeads produced by the processes disclosed herein may be used to produce a variety of cosmetic compositions.
- the cosmetic compositions may be produced by: (1) providing a plurality of the hardened CE microbeads; (2) combining the hardened CE beads with one or more cosmetic additives to thereby form a pre-cosmetic mixture; and (3) forming the cosmetic composition from the pre-cosmetic mixture.
- the cosmetic composition can comprise at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads. Additionally, or in the alternative, the cosmetic composition can comprise less than 99, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads.
- the cosmetic composition can comprise 0.1 to 90, 0.1 to 50, 0.1 to 30, 0.1 to 20, 0.1 to 15, 0.1 to 10, 0.1 to 5, 1 to 90, 1 to 50, 1 to 30, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, or 1 to 5 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads.
- the cosmetic composition can be a foundation, a sunscreen, a lipstick, a mascara, an eye shadow, a lotion, a dry shampoo, a liquid shampoo, a body wash, a lotion, a hair conditioner, a skin moisturizer, a face wash, a tablet, a foot powder, a baby powder, a shaving cream, or a shaving gel.
- the cosmetic composition can be a loose powder, a compacted powder, a gel, an emulsion, a liquid, or an aerosol.
- the cosmetic composition comprises at least 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives. Additionally, or in the alternative, the cosmetic composition can comprise less than 99, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, or 50 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives.
- the cosmetic composition can comprise 1 to 99, 1 to 95, 1 to 90, 1 to 85, 1 to 80, 5 to 99, 5 to 95, 5 to 90, 5 to 85, 10 to 99, 10 to 95, 10 to 85, 10 to 80, 15 to 99, 15 to 95, 15 to 90, 15 to 85, or 15 to 80 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives.
- the cosmetic additives can include a solvent, a colorant, an oil, a wax, a fatty acid, an alcohol, an ester, a hydrocarbon, a silicone oil, a surfactant, a metal soap, a moisturizer, a thickener, a UV absorber, an antioxidant, an oil absorbent, an exfoliant, water, or a combination thereof.
- the colorant comprises a pigment (e.g., an organic pigment and/or an inorganic pigment) and/or a dye.
- the oil comprises triglycine, soybean oil, cocoa butter, palm oil, palm kernel oil, hardened oil, and/or hardened castor oil.
- the wax comprises carnauba wax, candelilla wax, lanolin, lanolin, candelilla wax, cotton wax, Montan wax, Kapok wax, lanolin acetate, lanolin, and/or lanolin fatty acid isopropyl.
- the fatty acid comprises lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, undecylenic acid, linoleic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid (EP A), and/or docosahexaenoic acid.
- the alcohol comprises cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, 2- octyldodecanol, lauryl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, and/or cetostearyl alcohol.
- the ester comprises isopropyl myristate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, cetyl 2- ethylhexanoate, diisostearyl malate, tripropylene glycol dineopentate, isononyl isononanoate, isotorideyl isononanoate, cetyl octanoate, isocetyl palmitate, butyl stearate, hexyl laurate, myristyl myristate, decyl oleate, hexyl decyl dimethyloctanate, cetyl lactate, myristyl lactate, lanolin acetate, isosetyl stearate, isosetyl isostearate, cholesteryl 12-hydroxystearate, di-2- ethylhexanoic acid ethylene glycol, dipentaery
- the hydrocarbon comprises paraffin, petrolatum, and/or microcrystalline wax.
- the surfactant comprises an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and/or a nonionic surfactant.
- the thickener comprises guar gum, pectin, starch, gelatin, collagen, cellulosic derivatives, and/or mannan.
- CE dopes were prepared as shown in TABLE 1 below to determine the solubility of CE, such as cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), Example 1, in a solvent system containing ethyl acetate (EA), n-propanol (nPrOH), and water.
- EA ethyl acetate
- nPrOH n-propanol
- Cellulose and acid mixture [cellulose (4.3 parts) and AcOH (11.8 parts)] was added to an agitated reactor and soaked unheated then, the mixture was heated to 55°C. Some amount of sulfuric acid was added and the reactor was cooled to 30°C. Following, a mixture of AC2O (8.9 parts) and BU2O (5.6 parts) was added and the mixture cooled to around 9°C with agitation. Additional sulfuric acid was added to a total of 0.6 parts and the resulting reaction mixture was warmed to 50°C. To this reaction mixture was added a mixture of BuOH (18 parts) and H2O (7.4 parts).
- the mixture was then stirred at 68°C for 1020 min, but with the addition of a mixture Mg(0Ac)2 (0.61 parts), BuOH (6.9 parts) and H2O (2.7 parts) after 80 min. After the full length of time, the mixture was fully neutralized with a solution of Mg(OAc)2 (0.86 parts), BuOH (1.5 parts) and H2O (4.8 parts). The mixture was then precipitated in water, washed and dried by common methods.
- the degree of substitution for the substituents on the cellulose ester backbone is calculated using proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
- Gel permeation chromatography is performed on cellulose esters in stabilized tetrahydrofuran.
- the instrument is an Agilent 1260 which consists of a degasser, isocratic pump with a flow rate of 1.0 milliliters per minute, autosampler with an injection volume of 25 microliters, a column oven set at 28°C and a refractive index detector at 28 °C.
- the column set consists of an Agilent PLgel 5 micron guard, Mixed-C and Oligopore in series.
- the system is calibrated with monodisperse polystyrene standard ranging from approximately 4 million to 162 molecular weight.
- the sample is prepared by weighing approximately 25 milligrams of sample in 10 milliliters of solvent with the addition of 10 microliters of toluene to be used as a flow rate marker, add a stir bar into an 8-dram screw cap vial and stir until dissolution.
- the molecular weight is determined by gel permeation chromatography. Gel permeation chromatography is performed on cellulose esters in stabilized tetrahydrofuran.
- the instrument is an Agilent 1260 which consists of a degasser, isocratic pump with a flow rate of 1.0 milliliters per minute, autosampler with an injection volume of 25 microliters, a column oven set at 28°C and a refractive index detector at 28°C.
- the column set consists of an Agilent PLgel 5 micron guard, Mixed-C and Oligopore in series. The system is calibrated with monodisperse polystyrene standard ranging from approximately 4 million to 162 molecular weight.
- the sample is prepared by weighing approximately 25 milligrams of sample in 10 milliliters of solvent with the addition of 10 microliters of toluene to be used as a flow rate marker, add a stir bar into an 8-dram screw cap vial and stir until dissolution.
- the CE dopes were prepared by charging a dry, 250 mL, 1-neck round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer with the respective amount of the solvent systems as shown in TABLE 1. The solvent systems were stirred, and the flask was then charged with the respective amount/type of CAB. The CAB was charged into the flask by slowly metering the solids at a rate such that the stirring vortex was able to move the solid particles into the solvent system without forming a large mass of powder at the top of the liquid phase. This mixture of solvent and CAB was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. If the mixture became homogeneous in this time period, the Dope was determined to be “soluble.” If the solid particles remained undissolved in the solvent system at 60 minutes, the Dope was determined to be “insoluble.”
- Dopes 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3 the solvent system contained ethyl acetate and n- propanol in varying amounts, but did not contain water.
- Dopes 1-la, l-2a, and l-3a water was added to the solvent system. That is, the solvent systems of Dopes 1-1 and 1-la, 1-2 and l-2a, and 1-3 and l-3a contained the same amount of ethyl acetate and n-propanol, and the only difference between the respective Dopes was the addition of water.
- Dope l-4a the amount of CAB contained in the CE dope was increased to match its % CAB by mass to the % CAB by mass of the Dopes that did not contain water (i.e., Dopes 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3).
- CE dopes that did not contain water were unable to solubilize the CE contained therein.
- Dope 1-1 provided a chunky and non-homogeneous mixture
- Dopes 1-2 and 1-3 initially provided stirrable slurries but became chunky and non- homogeneous after several minutes.
- Dope 1-1 a provided a stirrable, rather than chunky, slurry.
- Dopes 1- 2a and l-3a provided homogeneous mixtures in which the CE was dissolved in the solvent system within 3 minutes.
- CE dope is prepared by adding EtOAc and EtOH to a stirred lab reactor with 2 pitched blade impellers and 2 baffles. Under agitation, slowly add the cellulose butyrate (CAB) powder. Heat to 35-40 °C while mixing for 1-2 hours, then cool to room temperature and continue mixing until all the CAB is fully dissolved to form the CE Dope.
- CAB cellulose butyrate
- the aqueous phase and emulsion are prepared as follows: charge EtOAc to a stirred tank and stir at 300 RPM. Add the MC, then the DI water, and then T-28 under agitation until completely dissolved to form the aqueous phase. Add the CE Dope and the aqueous phase to a charge tank to form an emulsion. Circulate the emulsion through the IKA flow cell at 4000 RPM at an equivalent shear time of about 1.67 minutes in the IKA to form a sheared emulsion. The sheared emulsion is then transferred into a drowning bucket. Charge DI water to the drowning bucket and mix for 2 hours.
- Example 2 was repeated except the emulsion was circulated through the IKA flow cell at 4600 RPM and an equivalent shear time of about 1.5 minutes in the IKA, which resulted in a powder having a PS Light Scattering D(4,3) was 8.81 microns, D50 was 8.05 microns, and about 1.37% of the particles were below 1 micron.
- Example 2 was repeated a third time except the emulsion was circulated through the IKA flow cell at 4000 RPM and an equivalent shear time of about 1 minute in the IKA, which resulted in a powder having a PS Light Scattering D(4,3) was 10.4 microns, D50 was 9.65 microns, and about 2.0% of the particles were below 1 micron.
- Example 2 was repeated except that prior to drowning, the sheared emulsion is stripped by boiling out ethyl acetate-ethanol-water azeotrope (60:15:25) under vacuum pressure sufficient to keep the temperature below 50°C. The overall volume was held constant such that water was added at the same volumetric rate that the azeotrope was removed to avoid agglomerating the particles. The stripped emulsion is then transferred into a drowning bucket.
- the composition of the condensate is shown below Shown below are the amounts of EtOAc in each condensate cut that is removed. Based on the amount of condensate collected and the levels of EtOAc in each cut, approximately 60-75% of the total EtOAc was removed when the condensate composition shifted toward mainly water.
- Example 5 was repeated (Examples 6-11) except that the amount of EtOAc removed was varied for Examples 6-8, and the stripping speed was varied for Examples 9-11. Also, the reduction in the amount of drowning water compared to Example 2, which did not include a stripping step, is shown in Table 5.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Methods of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads are provided. The CE microbeads are produced by forming initial CE microparticles suspended in a Equid phase, and converting the microparticles to hardened CE microbeads. The produced microbeads are biodegradable, and have enhanced solidity, sphericity, and smoothness.
Description
METHODS OF MAKING CELLULOSE ESTER MICROBEADS WITH SOLVENT REMOVAL PRIOR TO MICROBEAD HARDENING
BACKGROUND
[0001] Microbeads are typically spheroidal plastic particles having a diameter of less than 1 millimeter (mm). These particles are sometimes included in consumer products, such as personal care and cosmetic products. Many of these microbead-containing products are designed to be applied and then washed or rinsed from the user’s body. When the microbeadcontaining products are washed or rinsed from the user’ s body, the particles are flushed down the drain and received at municipal water treatment facilities. In the past, many known microbeads had been formed from plastic or polymeric materials, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethyl methacrylate, nylon, polyurethane, and the like. These materials generally have limited biodegradability. In addition, the small size of the particles limits their ability to be captured at the water treatment facilities, such that the particles may be discharged from the facilities and into larger bodies of water (e.g., rivers, seas, and oceans). Once in these larger bodies of water, the plastic or polymeric microbeads may be ingested by wildlife or cause other environmental concerns. Thus, the possibility of producing microbead particles from more environmentally friendly materials has recently been explored. However, consumers tend to have high expectations when it comes to the personal care and/or cosmetic products they use, including those containing micron-sized particles. For example, consumers expect these personal care and cosmetic products to exhibit certain optical properties that allow the products to blend in with natural skin color and readily hide any undesirable blemishes.
[0002] Thus, it is desirable to develop biodegradable microbeads that meet environmental and consumer expectation standards, particularly regarding optical properties for personal care and cosmetic products.
SUMMARY
[0003] Provided herein is a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads. The method comprises (a) combining a CE dope and an aqueous mixture to form an initial emulsion comprising a dispersed phase and a continuous phase, wherein the CE dope comprises a CE dissolved in a solvent, (b) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion
comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre-hardened microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (c) removing at least some of the solvent from the liquid phase to form a removed solvent and a solvent-depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, and (d) converting at least a portion of the pre-hardened CE microparticles in the solvent-depleted dispersion into hardened CE microbeads.
[0004] Also provided herein is a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads. The method comprises (a) providing a CE dope comprising a CE dissolved in a solvent, (b) combining at least a portion of the CE dope with an aqueous mixture to produce an initial emulsion, (c) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre -hardened CE microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (d) removing at least a portion of solvent from the liquid phase to form a solvent- depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, (e) separating at least a portion of the solvent-depleted dispersion from the hardened CE microbeads to define a separated solvent-enriched stream, and (f) recycling at least a portion of the separated solvent- enriched stream for use in the solvent of step (a) or the aqueous mixture of step (b).
[0005] Also provided herein is a method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads. The method comprises (a) combining a CE dope and an aqueous mixture to form an initial emulsion, (b) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre -hardened CE microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture, (c) removing at least a portion of the solvent from the liquid phase to form a removed solvent and a solvent-depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles, and (d) contacting at least a portion of the solvent-depleted dispersion with a drowning liquid to thereby form a hardened dispersion comprising hardened CE microbeads and the drowning liquid, wherein a volume ratio of the drowning liquid to the solvent-depleted dispersion is less than 2.5:1.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0006] FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example process for making cellulose ester microbeads.
[0007] FIG. 2 is a more detailed schematic diagram of an example process for making cellulose ester microbeads.
[0008] FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by serialized particle formation.
[0009] FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by separated dope and aqueous mixture formation, and combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
[0010] FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by combined emulsion/dispersion formation.
[0011] FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening.
[0012] FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an alternative process for making cellulose ester microbeads by solvent flashing prior to particle hardening.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0013] The present disclosure is directed to compositions and processes for making hardened cellulose ester (CE) microbeads that exhibit superior optical properties. The processes disclosed herein enable the solidity of the produced microbeads to be controlled such that they exhibit desirable tactile and optical qualities. For example, the CE microbeads may have enhanced solidity, sphericity, and smoothness, low moisture content, and/or low free acid content. These qualities, along with the biodegradability of CE, make the CE microbeads produced herein desirable for use in personal care products, cosmetics, and the like.
[0014] The present invention may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description and the examples provided therein. It is to be understood that this
disclosure is not limited to the specific methods, formulations, and conditions described, as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects of the disclosed embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
[0015] Values may be expressed as “about” or “approximately” a given number. Similarly, ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value and/or to “about” or another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect.
[0016] As used herein, the terms “a,” “an,” and “the” mean one or more.
[0017] As used herein, the term “and/or,” when used in a list of two or more items, means that any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or any combination of two or more of the listed items can be employed. For example, if a composition is described as containing components A, B, and/or C, the composition can contain A alone; B alone; C alone; A and B in combination; A and C in combination, B and C in combination; or A, B, and C in combination.
[0018] As used herein, the terms “comprising,” “comprises,” and “comprise” are open- ended transition terms used to transition from a subject recited before the term to one or more elements recited after the term, where the element or elements listed after the transition term are not necessarily the only elements that make up the subject.
[0019] As used herein, the terms “having,” “has,” and “have” have the same open-ended meaning as “comprising,” “comprises,” and “comprise” provided above.
[0020] As used herein, the terms “including,” “includes,” and “include” have the same open-ended meaning as “comprising,” “comprises,” and “comprise” provided above.
[0021] As used herein, a “mixed cellulose ester” shall denote a cellulose ester having at least two different ester substituents on a single cellulose ester polymer chain.
[0022] “Degree of Substitution” is used to describe the average substitution level of the substituents per anhydroglucose unit (“AGU”). Generally, conventional cellulose contains three hydroxyl groups in each AGU that can be substituted. Therefore, the DS can have a value between 0 and 3. However, low molecular weight cellulose mixed esters can have a total degree of substitution slightly above 3 from end group contributions. Low molecular weight cellulose mixed esters are discussed in more detail subsequently in this disclosure. Because DS is a statistical mean value, a value of 1 does not assure that every AGU has a single substituent. In some cases, there can be unsubstituted anhydroglucose units, some with two and some with three substituents, and more often than not the value will be a noninteger. Total DS is defined as the average number of all substituents per anhydroglucose unit. The degree of substitution per AGU can also refer to a particular substituent, such as, for example, hydroxyl, acetyl, butyryl, or propionyl. Additionally, the degree of substitution can specify a given hydroxyl based on the carbon unit of the anhydroglucose unit.
[0023] When the degree of substitution refers to hydroxyl, i.e., DSOH, the reference is to the average hydroxyl groups per anhydroglucose that are not substituted. As a result, DSOH is not used in the calculation of the total degree of substitution.
[0024] The present description uses numerical ranges to quantify certain parameters relating to the invention. It should be understood that when numerical ranges are provided, such ranges are to be construed as providing literal support for claim limitations that only recite the lower value of the range as well as claim limitations that only recite the upper value of the range. For example, a disclosed numerical range of 10 to 100 provides literal support for a claim reciting “greater than 10” (with no upper bounds) and a claim reciting “less than 100” (with no lower bounds).
[0025] The present description uses specific numerical values to quantify certain parameters relating to the invention, where the specific numerical values are not expressly part of a numerical range. It should be understood that each specific numerical value provided herein is to be construed as providing literal support for a broad, intermediate, and narrow range. The broad range associated with each specific numerical value is the numerical value plus and minus 60 percent of the numerical value, rounded to two significant digits. The intermediate range associated with each specific numerical value is the numerical value plus and minus 30 percent of the numerical value, rounded to two significant digits. The narrow
range associated with each specific numerical value is the numerical value plus and minus 15 percent of the numerical value, rounded to two significant digits. For example, if the specification describes a specific temperature of 62 °F, such a description provides literal support for a broad numerical range of 25 °F to 99 °F (62 °F +/- 37 °F), an intermediate numerical range of 43 °F to 81 °F (62 °F +/- 19 °F), and a narrow numerical range of 53 °F to 71 °F (62 °F +/- 9 °F). These broad, intermediate, and narrow numerical ranges should be applied not only to the specific values, but should also be applied to differences between these specific values. Thus, if the specification describes a first pressure of 110 psia and a second pressure of 48 psia (a difference of 62 psi), the broad, intermediate, and narrow ranges for the pressure difference between these two streams would be 25 to 99 psi, 43 to 81 psi, and 53 to 71 psi, respectively.
[0026] Throughout this application, where patents or publications are referenced, the disclosures of these references in their entireties are intended to be incorporated by reference into this application, to the extent they are not inconsistent with the present invention, in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which the invention pertains.
[0027] Referring now to FIG. 1, cellulose ester (CE) 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, and surfactant 108 may be combined in one or more units to make CE microbeads 112. In the illustrated example, CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, and surfactant 108 are combined at unit 110 to form an initial emulsion therein. The initial emulsion includes a dispersed phase and a continuous phase. The dispersed phase includes at least a portion of CE 100 and at least a portion of solvent 102. The continuous phase includes at least a portion of water 104, at least a portion of hydrocolloid 106, and at least a portion of surfactant 108.
[0028] Once combined, the initial emulsion may be agitated at unit 110 to form a prehardened dispersion including a sold phase and a liquid phase. The solid phase includes initial microparticles including at least a portion of CE 100 and at least a portion of solvent 102. The liquid phase includes at least a portion of water 104, at least a portion of hydrocolloid 106, and at least a portion of surfactant 108. Additional water 104 (i.e., a drowning liquid/extractant) may be added to the pre-hardened dispersion to increase the concentration of water around the initial microparticles. An initial hardening dispersion including the initial microparticles and the drowning liquid is formed therefrom. The initial hardening dispersion may be agitated at
unit 110 to promote the transfer of solvent from the initial microparticles to the drowning liquid. This solvent transfer facilitates hardening of the initial microparticles to produce hardened CE microbeads 112, which are entrained in a solvent-ladened drowning liquid.
[0029] CE microbeads 112 may be recovered from this dispersion 114 first by processing at a solid/liquid separation unit 116. A solid stream 118 including CE microbeads 112 may be channeled to a solids processing unit 120, where CE microbeads 112 are washed with water 122 and then dried to recover CE microbeads 112, as will be described in more detail below. A liquid stream 124 formed from the solvent-ladened drowning liquid may be channeled to a liquids processing unit 126. Optionally, an excess liquid stream 128 channeled from unit 110 and a wash water stream 130 from unit 120 may also be received at unit 126 for processing therein.
[0030] At unit 126, the liquids received therein may be separated into at least a water- enriched stream 132 and a solvent-enriched stream 134. In some embodiments, water-enriched stream 132 may be recovered and at least a portion of which utilized in unit 110, for example. In addition, solvent -enriched stream 134 may be recycled and utilized as at least a portion of the solvent for forming CE microbeads 112 in unit 110. Re-utilization of the recovered water and/or solvent facilitates improving the economics of the CE microbead formation processes described herein.
[0031] As used herein, the term “enriched” refers to having a concentration of a specific component that is greater than the concentration of that component in a reference material or stream.
CELLULOSE ESTERS
[0032] CE 100 can be cellulose diacetate (“CDA”), a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), or combinations of CDA and one or more MCEs. MCEs include, for example, cellulose acetate butyrate (“CAB”) and cellulose acetate propionate (“CAP”).
[0033] Generally, the cellulose esters described herein, such as CE 100, can be produced by any method known in the art. Examples of processes for producing cellulose esters are taught in Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 5th Edition, Vol. 5, Wiley- Interscience, New York (2004), pp. 394-444, the disclosure of which is incorporated by
reference in its entirety. Cellulose, the starting material for producing cellulose esters, can be obtained in different grades and from sources such as, for example, cotton linters, softwood pulp, hardwood pulp, corn fiber and other agricultural sources, and bacterial celluloses.
[0034] One method of producing cellulose esters is by esterification. In such a method, the cellulose is mixed with the appropriate organic acids, acid anhydrides, and/or catalysts and then converted to a cellulose triester. Ester hydrolysis is then performed by adding a water-acid mixture to the cellulose triester, which can be filtered to remove any gel particles or fibers. Water is added to the mixture to precipitate out the cellulose ester. The cellulose ester can then be washed with water to remove reaction by-products followed by dewatering and drying.
[0035] Acylating reagents suitable for use herein can include, but are not limited to, alkyl or aryl carboxylic anhydrides, carboxylic acid halides, and/or carboxylic acid esters containing the above -described alkyl or aryl groups suitable for use in the acyl substituents of the substituted cellulose esters described herein. Examples of suitable carboxylic anhydrides include, but are not limited to, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride. Examples of carboxylic acid halides include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl chlorides or bromides. Examples of carboxylic acid esters include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and naphthoyl methyl esters. In one or more embodiments, the acylating reagent can be one or more carboxylic anhydrides selected from the group consisting of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoyl anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
[0036] In various embodiments, the cellulose triesters that are hydrolyzed can have three substituents selected independently from alkanoyls having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of cellulose triesters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose tripropionate, cellulose tributyrate, or mixed triesters of cellulose, such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate. These cellulose triesters can be prepared by a number of methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, cellulose triesters can be prepared by heterogeneous acylation of cellulose in a mixture of carboxylic acid and anhydride in the presence of a catalyst, such as H2SO4. Cellulose triesters can also be prepared by the homogeneous acylation of cellulose dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as LiCl/DMAc or LiCl/NMP.
[0037] After esterification of the cellulose to the triester, part of the acyl substituents can be removed by hydrolysis or by alcoholysis to give a secondary cellulose ester. Secondary cellulose esters can also be prepared directly with no hydrolysis by using a limiting amount of acylating reagent. This process is particularly useful when the reaction is conducted in a solvent that will dissolve cellulose.
[0038] The cellulose esters thus prepared generally comprise the following structure:
where R2, R3, and R6 are hydrogen (with the proviso that R2, R3, and R6 are not hydrogen simultaneously), alkyl-acyl groups, and/or aryl-acyl groups (such as those described above) bound to the cellulose via an ester linkage.
[0039] The degree of polymerization (“DP”) of the cellulose esters prepared by these methods can be at least 10. In other embodiments, the DP of the cellulose esters can be at least 50, at least 100, or at least 250. In other embodiments, the DP of the cellulose esters can be in the range of from about 5 to about 100, or in the range of from about 10 to about 50.
[0040] Acylating reagents suitable for use herein can include, but are not limited to, alkyl or aryl carboxylic anhydrides, carboxylic acid halides, and/or carboxylic acid esters containing the above -described alkyl or aryl groups suitable for use in the acyl substituents of the substituted cellulose esters described herein. Examples of suitable carboxylic anhydrides include, but are not limited to, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride. Examples of carboxylic acid halides include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl chlorides or bromides. Examples of carboxylic acid esters include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and naphthoyl methyl esters. In one or more embodiments, the acylating reagent can be one or more carboxylic anhydrides selected from the group consisting of acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, pivaloyl anhydride, benzoyl anhydride, and naphthoyl anhydride.
[0041] The present application discloses, in a first aspect, a mixed ester cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of propionyl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAc”) from 0.1 to 2.3, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents (“DSPr”) from 0.1 to 1.2, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.6 to 2.8.
[0042] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSAc is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, or at least 2.0. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSAc is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0043] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSAc is from 0.6 to 2.2, or 0.6 to 2.1, or 0.6 to 2.0, or 0.6 to 1.9, or 0.6 to 1.8, or 0.7 to 2.3, or 0.7 to 2.2, or 0.7 to 2.1, or 0.7 to 2.0, or 0.7 to 1.9, or 0.8 to
2.3, or 0.8 to 2.2, or 0.8 to 2.1, or 0.8 to 2.0, or 0.8 to 1.9, or 0.9 to 2.3, or 0.9 to 2.2, or 0.9 to
2.1, or 0.9 to 2.0, or 0.9 to 1.9, or 1.0 to 2.3 or 1.0 to 2.2, or 1.0 to 2.1, or 1.0 to 2.0, or 1.0 to
1.9, or 1.1 to 2.3, or 1.1 to 2.2, or 1.1 to 2.1, or 1.1 to 2.0, or 1.1 to 1.9, , or 1.2 to 2.3 or 1.2 to
2.2, or 1.2 to 2.1, or 1.2 to 2.0, or 1.2 to 1.9, or 0.6 to 1.5, or 0.6 to 1.3, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.6 to
0.9 or 0.7 to 1.5, or 0.7 to 1.3, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 0.9.
[0044] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSpr is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
1.3, or at least 1.4. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSpr is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0045] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSpr is from 0.1 to 0.9, or 0.1 to 0.85, or 0.1 to 0.8, or 0.1 to 0.75, or 0.1 to 0.7, or 0.1 to 0.6 or 0.1 to 0.5, or 0.1 to 0.4, or 0.15 to 0.95, or 0.15 to 0.9, or 0.15 to 0.85, or 0.15 to 0.8, or 0.15 to 0.75, or 0.15 to 0.7, or 0.15 to 0.65, or 0.2 to 0.95, or 0.2 to 0.9, or 0.2 to 0.85, or 0.2 to 0.8, or 0.2 to 0.75, or 0.2 to 0.7, or 0.2 to 0.65, 0.25 to 0.95, or 0.25 to 0.9, or 0.25 to 0.85, or 0.25 to 0.8, or 0.25 to 0.75, or 0.25 to 0.7, or 0.25 to 0.65, or 0.3 to 0.95, or 0.3 to 0.9, or 0.3 to 0.85, or 0.3 to 0.8, or 0.3 to 0.75, or 0.3 to 0.7, or 0.3 to 0.65, or 0.35 to 0.95, or 0.35 to 0.9, or 0.35 to 0.85, or 0.35 to 0.8, or 0.35 to 0.75, or 0.35 to 0.7, or 0.35 to 0.65, or 0.4 to 0.95, or 0.4 to 0.9, or 0.4 to 0.85, or 0.4 to 0.8, or 0.4 to 0.75, or 0.4 to 0.7, or 0.4 to 0.65, or 0.45 to 0.95, or 0.45 to 0.9, or 0.45 to 0.85, or 0.45 to 0.8, or 0.45 to 0.75, or 0.45 to 0.7, or 0.45 to 0.65, or 0.5 to 0.95, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.5 to 0.85, or 0.5 to 0.8, or 0.5 to 0.75, or 0.5 to 0.7, or 0.5 to 0.65, or 0.1 to 0.9, or 0.1 to 0.85, or 0.1 to 0.8.
[0046] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSOH is at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSOH is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, or less than 0.8.
[0047] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSOH is from 0.5 to 1.5, or 0.5 to 1.45, or 0.5 to 1.40, or 0.5 to 1.35, or 0.5 to 1.30, or 0.5 to 1.25, or 0.5 to 1.2, or 0.5 to 1.15, or 0.5 to 1.1, or 0.5 to 1.05, or 0.5 to 1.0, or 0.5 to 0.95 or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 1.5, or 0.55 to 1.45, or 0.55 to 1.40, or 0.55 to 1.35, or 0.55 to 1.30, or 0.55 to 1.25, or 0.55 to 1.2, or 0.55 to 1.15, or 0.55 to 1.1, or 0.55 to 1.05, or 0.55 to 1.0, or 0.55 to 0.95 or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 1.5, or 0.6 to 1.45, or 0.6 to 1.40, or 0.6 to 1.35, or 0.6 to 1.30, or 0.6 to 1.25, or 0.6 to 1.2, or 0.6 to 1.15, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.6 to 1.05, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.6 to 0.95 or 0.6 to 0.9, or 0.65 to 1.5, or 0.65 to 1.45, or 0.65 to 1.40, or 0.65 to 1.35, or 0.65 to 1.30, or 0.65 to 1.25, or 0.65 to 1.2, or 0.65 to 1.15, or 0.65 to 1.1, or 0.65 to 1.05, or 0.65 to 1.0, or 0.65 to 0.95 or 0.65 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 1.5, or 0.7 to 1.45, or 0.7
to 1.40, or 0.7 to 1.35, or 0.7 to 1.30, or 0.7 to 1.25, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.7 to 1.15, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.05, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 0.95 or 0.7 to 0.9.
[0048] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the sum of DSPr and DS Ac is from 1.9 to 2.44, or 1.9 to 2.0, or 1.9 to 2.1, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.44, or 2.0 to 2.1, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.1 to 2.44, or 2.1 to 2.2, or 2.1 to 2.3, or 2.2 to 2.44, or 2.2 to 2.3.
[0049] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, in the alternative, the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0050] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of at least 0.4: 1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1: 1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8: 1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, or in the alternative, the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3: 1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0051] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0052] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0053] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
[0054] The present application discloses, in a second aspect, a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of propionyl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAC”) from 0.1 to 1.2, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the propionyl substituents (“DSpr”) from 0.1 to 1.4, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.7 to 2.8.
[0055] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DS Ac is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, or at least 2.0. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DS Ac is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0056] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSAc is from 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.6 to 0.8, or 0.6 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 0.9, or 0.8 to
1.0, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.0, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 1.0 to 1.1, or 1.0 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.2.
[0057] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSPr is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, or at least 1.4. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSPr is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0058] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSpr is from 1.05 to 1.35, or 1.05 to 1.3, or 1.05 to 1.25, or 1.05 to 1.2, or 1.05 to 1.15, or 1.05 to 1.1, or 1.1 to 1.4, or 1.1 to 1.35, or 1.1 to 1.3, or 1.1 to 1.25, or 1.1 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.15, or 1.15 to 1.4, or 1.15 to 1.35, or 1.15 to 1.3, or 1.15 to 1.25, or 1.15 to 1.2, or 1.2 to 1.4, or 1.2 to 1.35, or 1.2 to 1.3, or 1.2 to 1.25, or 1.25 to 1.4, or 1.25 to 1.35, or 1.25 to 1.3, or 1.3 to 1.4, or 1.3 to 1.35.
[0059] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSOH is at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSOH is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than 2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, or less than 0.8.
[0060] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSOH is from 0.7 to 1.35, or 0.7 to 1.3, or 0.7 to 1.25, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.7 to 1.15, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.05, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 0.95, or 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 0.85, or 0.7 to 0.8, or 0.7 to 0.75, or 0.75 to 1.4, or 0.75 to 1.35, or 0.75 to 1.3, or 0.75 to 1.25, or 0.75 to 1.2, or 0.75 to 1.15, or 0.75 to 1.1, or 0.75 to 1.05, or 0.75 to 1.0, or 0.75 to 0.95, or 0.8 to 1.4, or 0.8 to 1.35, or 0.8 to 1.3, or 0.8 to 1.25, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 1.15, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.05, or 0.85 to 1.4, or 0.85 to 1.35, or 0.85 to 1.3, or 0.85 to 1.25, or 0.85
to 1.2, or 0.85 to 1.15, or 0.85 to 1.1, or 0.85 to 1.05, or 0.9 to 1.4, or 0.9 to 1.35, or 0.9 to 1.3, or 0.9 to 1.25, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.15, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.05.
[0061] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the sum of DSPr and DSAc is from 1.65 to 2.3, or 1.65 to 2.2, or 1.65 to 2.1, or 1.65 to 2.0, or 1.65 to 1.9, or 1.65 to 1.8, or 1.7 to 2.3, or 1.7 to 2.2, or 1.7 to 2.1, or 1.7 to 2.0, or 1.7 to 1.9, or 1.7 to 1.8, or 1.75 to 2.3, or 1.75 to 2.2, or 1.75 to 2.1, or 1.75 to 2.0, or 1.75 to 1.9, or 1.8 to 2.3, or 1.8 to 2.2, or 1.8 to 2.1, or 1.8 to 2.0, or 1.8 to 1.9, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to 2.1, or 1.9 to 2.0, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.1.
[0062] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the DSOH is from 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.7 to 1.35, or 0.7 to 1.3, or 0.7 to 1.25, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.7 to 1.15, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.05, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.7 to 0.95, or 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.7 to 0.85, or 0.7 to 0.8, or 0.7 to 0.75, or 0.75 to 1.4, or 0.75 to 1.35, or 0.75 to 1.3, or 0.75 to 1.25, or 0.75 to 1.2, or 0.75 to 1.15, or 0.75 to 1.1, or 0.75 to 1.05, or 0.75 to 1.0, or 0.75 to 0.95, or 0.8 to 1.4, or 0.8 to 1.35, or 0.8 to 1.3, or 0.8 to 1.25, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 1.15, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.05, or 0.85 to 1.4, or 0.85 to 1.35, or 0.85 to 1.3, or 0.85 to 1.25, or 0.85 to 1.2, or 0.85 to 1.15, or 0.85 to 1.1, or 0.85 to 1.05, or 0.9 to 1.4, or 0.9 to 1.35, or 0.9 to 1.3, or 0.9 to 1.25, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.15, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.05.
[0063] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, in the alternative, the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0064] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of at least 0.4: 1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1: 1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8: 1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, or in the
alternative, the MCE has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to propionyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3: 1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0065] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0066] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0067] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this second aspect, the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
[0068] The present application, in a third aspect, also discloses a mixed cellulose ester (“MCE”), comprising: (1) a plurality of acetyl substituents; (2) a plurality of butyryl substituents; and (3) a plurality of hydroxyl substituents, wherein: the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the acetyl substituents (“DSAC”) from 0.1 to 2.4, the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the butyryl substituents (“DSBU”) from 0.1 to 1.4, and the MCE has an average degree of substitution for the hydroxyl substituents (“DSOH”) from 0.6 to 2.8.
[0069] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this first aspect, wherein the DSAC is at least 0. 1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least
1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, or at least 2.0. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSAC is less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2.1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0070] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the DSAC is from 0.9 to 2.4, 0.9 to 2.3, or 0.9 to 2.2, or 0.9 to 2.1, or 0.9 to 2.0, or 0.9 to 1.9, or 0.9 to 1.8, or 0.9 to 1.7, or 0.9 to 1.6, or 0.9 to 1.4, 0.9 to 1.3, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 0.9 to 1.0, or 0.92 to 2.4, 0.92 to 2.3, or 0.92 to 2.2, or 0.92 to 2.1, or 0.92 to 2.0, or 0.92 to 1.9, or 0.92 to 1.8, or 0.92 to 1.7, or 0.92 to 1.6, or 0.92 to 1.4, 0.92 to
1.3, or 0.92 to 1.2, or 0.92 to 1.1, or 0.92 to 1.0, or 0.94 to 2.4, 0.94 to 2.3, or 0.94 to 2.2, or 0.94 to 2.1, or 0.94 to 2.0, or 0.94 to 1.9, or 0.94 to 1.8, or 0.94 to 1.7, or 0.94 to 1.6, or 0.94 to
1.4, 0.94 to 1.3, or 0.94 to 1.2, or 0.94 to 1.1, or 0.94 to 1.0, or 0.96 to 2.4, 0.96 to 2.3, or 0.96 to 2.2, or 0.96 to 2.1, or 0.96 to 2.0, or 0.96 to 1.9, or 0.96 to 1.8, or 0.96 to 1.7, or 0.96 to 1.6, or 0.96 to 1.4, 0.96 to 1.3, or 0.96 to 1.2, or 0.96 to 1.1, or 0.96 to 1.0, or 0.98 to 2.4, 0.98 to
2.3, or 0.98 to 2.2, or 0.98 to 2. 1, or 0.98 to 2.0, or 0.98 to 1.9, or 0.98 to 1.8, or 0.98 to 1.7, or
0.98 to 1.6, 0.98 to 1.4, 0.98 to 1.3, or 0.98 to 1.2, or 0.98 to 1.1, or 0.98 to 1.0, or 1.0 to 2.4, 1.0 to 2.3, or 1.0 to 2.2, or 1.0 to 2.1, or 1.0 to 2.0, or 1.0 to 1.9, or 1.0 to 1.8, or 1.0 to 1.7, or 1.0 to 1.6, or 1.0 to 1.4, or 1.0 to 1.3, 1.0 to 1.2, or 1.0 to 1.1, or 1.1 to 2.4, or 1.1 to 2.3, or 1.1 to 2.2, or 1.1 to 2.1, or 1.1 to 2.0, or 1.1 to 1.9, or 1.1 to 1.8, or 1.1 to 1.7, or 1.1 to 1.6, 1.1 to
1.4, or 1.1 to 1.3, or 1.1 to 1.2, or 1.2 to 2.4, or 1.2 to 2.3, or 1.2 to 2.2, or 1.2 to 2.1, or 1.2 to
2.0, or 1.2 to 1.9, or 1.2 to 1.8, or 1.2 to 1.7, or 1.2 to 1.6, or 1.2 to 1.4, or 1.2 to 1.3, or 1.3 to
2.4, or 1.3 to 2.3, or 1.3 to 2.2, or 1.3 to 2.1, or 1.3 to 2.0, or 1.3 to 1.9, or 1.3 to 1.8, or 1.3 to
1.7, or 1.3 to 1.6, or 1.3 to 1.4, or 1.4 to 2.4, or 1.4 to 2.3, or 1.4 to 2.2, or 1.4 to 2.1, or 1.4 to
2.0, or 1.4 to 1.9, or 1.4 to 1.8, or 1.4 to 1.7, or 1.4 to 1.6, or 1.5 to 2.4, or 1.5 to 2.3, or 1.5 to
2.2, or 1.5 to 2.1, or 1.5 to 2.0, or 1.5 to 1.9, or 1.5 to 1.8, or 1.5 to 1.7, or 1.5 to 1.6, or 1.6 to
2.4, or 1.6 to 2.3, or 1.6 to 2.2, or 1.6 to 2.1, or 1.6 to 2.0, or 1.6 to 1.9, or 1.6 to 1.8, or 1.6 to
1.7, or 1.7 to 2.4, or 1.7 to 2.3, or 1.7 to 2.2, or 1.7 to 2.1, or 1.7 to 2.0, or 1.7 to 1.9, or 1.7 to
1.8, or 1.8 to 2.3, or 1.8 to 2.1, or 1.8 to 2.0, or 1.8 to 1.9, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to
2.1, or 1.9 to 2.0, or 2.0 to 2.4, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.1, or 2.1 to 2.4, or 2.1 to
2.3, or 2.1 to 2.2, or 2.2 to 2.3.
[0071] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the DSBu is at least 0.1, at least 0.2, at least 0.3, at least 0.4, at least 0.5, at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, or at least 1.4. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSBu is less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, less than 0.8, less than 0.7, less than 0.5, less than 0.4, or less than 0.3.
[0072] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the DSBU is from 0.1 to 1.35, or 0.1 to 1.3, or 0.1 to 1.25, or 0.1 to
1.2, or 0.1 to 1.15, or 0.1 to 1.1, or 0.1 to 1.0, or 0.1 to 0.8, or 0.1 to 0.6, or 0.2 to 1.35, or 0.2 to 1.3, or 0.2 to 1.25, or 0.2 to 1.2, or 0.2 to 1.15, or 0.2 to 1.1, or 0.2 to 1.0, or 0.2 to 0.8, or 0.2 to 0.6, or 0.2 to 0.4, or 0.3 to 1.35, or 0.3 to 1.3, or 0.3 to 1.25, or 0.3 to 1.2, or 0.3 to 1.15, or 0.3 to 1.1, or 0.3 to 1.0, or 0.3 to 0.8, or 0.3 to 0.6, or 0.3 to 0.5, or 0.4 to 1.35, or 0.4 to 1.3, or 0.4 to 1.25, or 0.4 to 1.2, or 0.4 to 1.15, or 0.4 to 1.1, or 0.4 to 1.0, or 0.4 to 0.8, or 0.4 to 0.6, or 0.5 to 1.35, or 0.5 to 1.3, or 0.5 to 1.25, or 0.5 to 1.2, or 0.5 to 1.15, or 0.5 to 1.1, or 0.5 to 1.0, or 0.5 to 0.8, or 0.5 to 0.7, or 0.6 to 1.35, or 0.6 to 1.3, or 0.6 to 1.25, or 0.6 to 1.2, or 0.6 to 1.15, or 0.6 to 1.1, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.6 to 0.8, or 0.7 to 1.35, or 0.7 to 1.3, or 0.7 to 1.25, or 0.7 to 1.2, or 0.7 to 1.15, or 0.7 to 1.1, or 0.7 to 1.0, or 0.8 to 1.35, or 0.8 to 1.3, or 0.8 to 1.25, or 0.8 to 1.2, or 0.8 to 1.15, or 0.8 to 1.1, or 0.8 to 1.0, or 0.9 to 1.35, or 0.9 to 1.3, or 0.9 to 1.25, or 0.9 to 1.2, or 0.9 to 1.15, or 0.9 to 1.1, or 1.0 to 1.35, or 1.0 to 1.3, or 1.0 to 1.25, or 1.0 to 1.2, or 1.0 to 1.15, or 1.0 to 1.1, or 1.05 to 1.35, or 1.05 to 1.3, or 1.05 to 1.25, or 1.05 to
1.2, or 1.05 to 1.15, or 1.05 to 1.1, or 1.1 to 1.4, or 1.1 to 1.35, or 1.1 to 1.3, or 1.1 to 1.25, or 1.1 to 1.2, or 1.1 to 1.15, or 1.15 to 1.4, or 1.15 to 1.35, or 1.15 to 1.3, or 1.15 to 1.25, or 1.15 to 1.2, or 1.2 to 1.4, or 1.2 to 1.35, or 1.2 to 1.3, or 1.2 to 1.25, or 1.25 to 1.4, or 1.25 to 1.35, or 1.25 to 1.3, or 1.3 to 1.4, or 1.3 to 1.35.
[0073] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the DSouis at least 0.6, at least 0.7, at least 0.8, at least 0.9, at least 1.0, at least 1.1, at least 1.2, at least 1.3, at least 1.4, at least 1.5, at least 1.6, at least 1.7, at least 1.8, at least 1.9, at least 2.0, at least 2.1, at least 2.2, at least 2.3, at least 2.4, at least 2.5, or at least 2.6. Additionally, or in the alternative, the DSou is less than 2.8, less than 2.7, less than
2.6, less than 2.5, less than 2.4, less than 2.3, less than 2.2, less than 2. 1, less than 2.0, less than 1.9, less than 1.8, less than 1.7, less than 1.6, less than 1.5, less than 1.4, less than 1.3, less than
1.2, less than 1.1, less than 1.0, less than 0.9, or less than 0.8.
[0074] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the DSOH is from 0.5 to 1.0, or 0.5 to 0.95, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.5 to 0.85, or 0.5 to 0.8, or 0.5 to 0.75, or 0.5 to 0.7, or 0.5 to 0.65, or 0.5 to 0.6, or 0.5 to 0.55, or 0.55 to 1.0, or 0.55 to 0.95, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.85, or 0.55 to 0.8, or 0.55 to 0.75, or 0.55 to 0.7, or 0.55 or 0.65, or 0.55 to 0.6, or 0.6 to 0.65, or 0.6 to 0.7, or 0.6 to 0.75, or 0.6 to 0.8, or 0.6 to 0.85, or 0.6 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.95, or 0.6 to 1.0, or 0.65 to 0.7, or 0.65 to 0.75, or 0.65 to 0.8, or 0.65 to 0.85, or 0.65 to 0.9, or 0.65 to 0.95, or 0.65 to 1.0.
[0075] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the sum of DSBu and DSAc is from 1.65 to 2.3, or 1.65 to 2.2, or 1.65 to 2.1, or 1.65 to 2.0, or 1.65 to 1.9, or 1.65 to 1.8, or 1.7 to 2.3, or 1.7 to 2.2, or 1.7 to 2.1, or 1.7 to 2.0, or 1.7 to 1.9, or 1.7 to 1.8, or 1.75 to 2.3, or 1.75 to 2.2, or 1.75 to 2.1, or 1.75 to 2.0, or 1.75 to 1.9, or 1.8 to 2.3, or 1.8 to 2.2, or 1.8 to 2.1, or 1.8 to 2.0, or 1.8 to 1.9, or 1.9 to 2.3, or 1.9 to 2.2, or 1.9 to 2.1, or 1.9 to 2.0, 2.0 to 2.4, or 2.0 to 2.3, or 2.0 to 2.2, or 2.0 to 2.1.
[0076] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, in the alternative, the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to acetyl substituents of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0077] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to butyryl substituents of at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6: 1, at least 0.7:1, at least 0.8:1, at least 0.9:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.1:1, at least 1.2:1, at least 1.3:1, at least 1.4:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.6:1, at least 1.7:1, at least 1.8:1, at least 1.9:2, or at least 2:1. Additionally, or in the alternative, the mixed cellulose ester has a ratio of hydroxyl substituents to butyryl substituents
of less than 2:1, less than 1.9:1, less than 1.8:1, less than 1.7:1, less than 1.6:1, less than 1.5:1, less than 1.4:1, less than 1.3:1, less than 1.2:1, less than 1.1:1, or less than 1:1.
[0078] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0079] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, wherein the MCE exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0080] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, class or subclass of this third aspect, the MCE has a weight average molecular weight in the range of from 5,000 to 100,000 Da, or 5,000 to 50,000 Da, or 5,000 to 25,000 Da, or 15,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 50,000 Da, or 15,000 to 25,000 Da, or 50,000 to 100,000 Da, or 75,000 to 100,000 Da, or 15,000 to 250,000 Da.
[0081] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the CE 100 can be the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
SOLVENT SYSTEM
[0082] The solvent system, such as solvent 102, is generally capable of solubilizing CE to produce the dispersed/solid phase of an emulsion/dispersion as described herein. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent 102 may consist of a single solvent component, or may be a solvent system including a plurality of
solvent components. The plurality of solvent components may include at least two solvent components, at least three solvent components, or three total solvent components.
[0083] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent 102 includes at least one, at least two, or all three of a C1-C4 alkyl acetate, a C1-C4 alcohol, and water. The C1-C4 alkyl acetate may include one or more of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and sec-butyl acetate. The C1-C4 alcohol may include one or more of methanol, ethanol, propanols (e.g., isopropanol, n-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol), and butanols (e.g., n-butanol, isobutanol, secbutanol, and tert-butanol).
[0084] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes more than one solvent component, the C1-C4 alkyl acetate may be present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 10, 25, 50, 60, or 70 weight percent; (2) not more than 99, 95, 90, 85, or 80 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 10-99, 25-95, 50-90, or 70-85 weight percent.
[0085] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes more than one solvent component, the C1-C4 alcohol is present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 weight percent; (2) not more than 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range or 1-80, 2-60, 4-40, 6- 30, 8-20, or 10-15 weight percent.
[0086] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes more than one solvent component, the water is present in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 25, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-25, 4-30, 6-20, or 8-15 weight percent.
[0087] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent 102 includes at least one, at least two, or all three of ethyl acetate, n-propanol, and water. In such an embodiment, ethyl acetate is present in an amount in the range of 50-90, 55- 90, 60-90, 65-90, 65-85, 70-85, or 75-85 weight percent, n-propanol is present in an amount in
the range of 4-40, 5-35, 6-30, 7-25, 8-20, 10-20, or 10-15 weight percent, and water is present in an amount in the range of 4-30, 5-25, 6-20, 7-15, 8-12, or 9-12 weight percent.
[0088] Surprisingly, it has been found that water contributes and/or enables certain mixed cellulose esters to be solubilized. Particularly, it has been found that water contributes and/or enables mixed cellulose esters having high degrees of biodegradability, such as those associated with DSOH values greater than a determined threshold, to be solubilized. These findings are disclosed in the EXPERIMENTS section below.
HYDROCOLLOID
[0089] Hydrocolloids as described herein, such as hydrocolloid 106, are used as a colloidal protector and/or viscosity builder. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, hydrocolloid 106 is a lyophilic colloid. For example, hydrocolloid 106 may include at least one of a gelatin, a natural gum, a protein, or a cellulose derivative. The cellulose derivative may include one or both of methyl cellulose, and carboxy methyl cellulose.
[0090] The hydrocolloid, such as carboxy methyl cellulose, may be selected based on a desired viscosity of the resulting aqueous mixture. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, a “low” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 10-50 cps, a “medium” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 400- 800 cps, and a “high” viscosity hydrocolloid has a viscosity in a range between 1500-3000 cps.
SURFACTANT SYSTEM
[0091] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, surfactant 108 includes two or more individual emulsifiers. The individual emulsifiers may be differentiated from each other based on their Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance (HLB) numbers. For example, when surfactant 108 includes two individual emulsifiers, the emulsifiers may include a lower- HLB emulsifier, and a higher-HLB emulsifier.
[0092] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the HLB number of the higher-HLB emulsifier is at least 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, or 18, and the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier not more than 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4.
[0093] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the HLB number of the higher-HLB emulsifier is greater than the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier by at least one of the following: (1) at least 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, or 14; (2) not more than 25, 20, or 15; or (3) in the range of 2-25, 8-20, or 12-15.
[0094] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the lower-HLB emulsifier is a glycerol ester of stearic acid. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the higher-HLB emulsifier is a secondary alcohol ethoxylate.
[0095] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, surfactant 108 further includes a third emulsifier. The third emulsifier has an HLB number greater than the HLB number of the lower-HLB emulsifier. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the third emulsifier is a polyethylene glycol ester of stearic acid.
[0096] When the surfactant 108 is formed from all three emulsifiers, the lower-HLB emulsifier and the third emulsifier may be present in a ratio that is at least 0.25 : 1 , 0.5: 1 , 0.75: 1 , 1 :1, 1.25:1, 1.5:1, 1.75:1, or 2:l and/or not more than 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1. The lower-HLB emulsifier and the third emulsifier may define a combined emulsifier. In addition, the higher-HLB emulsifier and the combined emulsifier may be present in surfactant 108 in a ratio that is at least 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 0.75:1, 1:1, 1.25: 1, 1.5:1, 1.75:1, or 2:1 and/or not more than 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, or 1.25:1.
[0097] Referring now to FIG. 2, the illustrated process for making CE microbeads 112 includes separate formation of a CE dope 136 and an aqueous mixture 138. CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are then combined to form CE microbeads 112. For example, CE dope 136 may be formed at unit 140, and aqueous mixture 138 may be formed at unit 142. CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 may then be combined at unit 144 to form an emulsion and/or dispersion, as will be described in more detail below.
[0098] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, CE dope 136 is formed from CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134.
[0099] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, CE 100 is present in CE dope in one or more of: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 weight percent; (2) not more than 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range 1-80, 2-60, 4-40, 6-30, 8-20, or 10-15 weight percent.
[0100] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes a C1-C4 alkyl acetate, the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 10, 25, 50, 60, or 65 weight percent; (2) not more than 95, 90, 85, 80 or 75 weight percent; and (3) in the range 10-95, 25-90, SO- 85, or 65-75 weight percent.
[0101] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes a C1-C4 alcohol, the C1-C4 alcohol is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 25, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-25, 4-30, 6-20, or 8-15 weight percent.
[0102] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment, the ratio of solvent to CE used in the dissolving to form CE dope 136 is at least 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, or 5:1 and/or not more than 100:1, 50:1, 25:1, or 10:1.
[0103] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when solvent 102 includes water, the water is present in CE dope 136 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.5, 1, 2, 4, or 6 weight percent; (2) not more than 40, 25, 15, or 10 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.5-40, 1-25, 2-15, 4-20, or 6-10 weight percent.
[0104] In one particular embodiment, CE dope 136 is formed from CE 100, solvent 102 including ethyl acetate and n-propanol, and water 104. In such an embodiment, CE is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 6-30, 7-25, 8-20, 9-20, 10-15, or 12-15 weight percent, ethyl acetate is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 50-85, 55-85, 60- 85, 65-85, 70-85, or 75-85 weight percent, n-propanol is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 4-30, 6-25, 8-20, 10-20, or 12-15 weight percent, and water is present in CE dope 136 in an amount in the range of 4-20, 5-18, 6-16, 7-14, or 8-12 weight percent.
[0105] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, CE 100, solvent 102, and water 104 are combined at unit 140 until substantially homogeneous to produce CE dope 136. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, these components are mixed at room temperature (e.g., at least 15, 20, 25, or 30 °C and/or not more than 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, or 20 °C) for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to produce the substantially homogeneous mixture.
[0106] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, aqueous mixture 138 is formed from water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134. Optionally, additional solvent 148 may be added to units 140 and/or 142 as needed to maintain concentration(s) of solvent components at suitable levels.
[0107] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the ratio of the recycled solvent portion to the fresh solvent portion used in said units 140 and/or 142 is at least 2.5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 75:1, 90:1, 95:1, or 99:1 by weight and/or not more 1000:1, 500:1, 200:1 or 100:1 by weight.
[0108] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the compositional make-up of the recycled solvent varies from the composition make-up of said fresh solvent by not more than 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent total.
[0109] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the fresh solvent and the recycled solvent portion have substantially the same composition.
[0110] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, water is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 40, 60, 70, 80, or 85 weight percent; (2) not more than 99, 97, 95, 94, or 92 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 40-99, 70-95, or 85-92 weight percent.
[0111] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hydrocolloid is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.001, 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, or 0. 1 weight percent; (2) not more than 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.001-15, 0.01-5, or 0.1-2 weight percent.
[0112] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the surfactant is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 0.005, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, or 0.5 weight percent; (2) not more than 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1.5 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0.005-15, 0.05-5, or 0.5-1.5 weight percent.
[0113] As described above, the surfactant described herein may include a higher-HLB emulsifier and a lower-HLB emulsifier. In such embodiments, the higher-HLB emulsifier and the lower-HLB emulsifier are present in aqueous mixture 138 in a high-to-low HLB emulsifier ratio in the range of at least 0.25:1, 0.5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, or 1.75:1 and/or not more than 10:1, 5:1, 3:1, or 2.5:1 and/or in the range of 0.25:1-10:1, 0.5 : 1 -5: 1 , or 1 : 1-3 : 1.
[0114] Referring again to FIG. 2, in some embodiments, additional solvent 148 and/or recycled solvent 146 is received at unit 142. In such embodiments, the solvent used to form CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 is a common C1-C4 alkyl acetate. Using the at least one common component in the solvent systems received at units 140 and 142 facilitates simplification of separation, recovery, and re-use of the solvent as described herein.
[0115] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when the aqueous mixture 138 include a C1-C4 alkyl acetate, the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture 138 in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent; (2) not more than 50, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 1-50, 2-40, or 6-20 weight percent.
[0116] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount, by weight percent, that is within 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 2 weight percent of the solubility, by weight percent, of the C1-C4 alkyl acetate in water at 20°C.
[0117] The C1-C4 alkyl acetate may be one or both of methyl acetate and ethyl acetate. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture in an amount in the range of 2-25, 4-20, 6-15, or 8-10 weight percent. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, when the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is methyl acetate, methyl
acetate is present in aqueous mixture in an amount in the range of 5-50, 10-40, 15-35, or 20-30 weight percent.
[0118] In one particular embodiment, aqueous mixture 138 is formed from water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and a C1-C4 alkyl acetate. In such an embodiment, water is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount in the range of 70-95, 75-95, 80-95, 85-95, or 87.5-92.5 weight percent, the hydrocolloid is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount in the range of 0.01-5, 0.1-4, 0.5-3, 0.6-2, 0.7-1, or 0.8-0.9 weight percent, the surfactant is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount in the range of 0.05-5, 0.1-5, 0.1-4, 0.5-3, 0.6-2, 0.7-1, or 0.8-1 weight percent, and the C1-C4 alkyl acetate is present in aqueous mixture 138 in an amount in the range of 2-40, 3-35, 4-30, 5-25, 5-20, 5-15, 5-10, or 6-10 weight percent.
[0119] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and optionally a C1-C4 alkyl acetate are combined at unit 142 to produce aqueous mixture 138. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, these components are mixed at a temperature of at least 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 °C and/or not more than 100, 75, 50, 40, 35, 30, 25, or 20 °C, for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to produce a substantially homogeneous mixture, depending on the viscosity of the hydrocolloid used.
EMULSION/DISPERSION FORMATION
[0120] Once formed, CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 may be combined at unit 144 to produce an emulsion and/or a dispersion, as described above.
[0121] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, a ratio of CE dope 136 to aqueous mixture 138 combined at unit 144 to form the initial emulsion is at least 0.05:1 to 10:1, 0.1:1 to 5: 1, 0.2:1 to 2:1, or 0.4:1 to 0.8: 1.
[0122] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the initial emulsion comprises water in an amount of at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, or 40 weight percent.
[0123] Once combined, the initial emulsion is converted into a pre-hardened dispersion including the solid phase and the liquid phase. This conversion may be carried out by at least one of shearing, spraying (ultrasonic or electro), and membrane emulsion.
[0124] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through a high shear mixer to disperse the solid phase within the liquid phase, and to facilitate hardening of the solid phase to produce the initial microparticles. This shearing may be performed as CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are fed to unit 144 and/or may be performed after predetermined quantities of CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are within unit 144.
[0125] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through the high shear mixer for at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 residence times and/or for not more than 20, 15, 10, 9, or 8 residence times based on the total volume of the high shear mixer used. In addition, the high shear mixing is performed for a duration of at least 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 120, or 240 minutes and/or for as long as is needed to recirculate the volume of the mixture for the predetermined number of residence times.
[0126] To produce initial microparticles that will form the CE microbeads as described herein, agitation of the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is performed at unit 144. The agitation performed at unit 144 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
[0127] As used herein, terms such as “solid,” “solid phase,” “particles,” and “microparticles” refer to semi-solid materials that do not lose their discrete nature (i.e., flowing together) when an aqueous/continuous phase surrounding the material is removed.
HARDENING WITH EXTRACTANT
[0128] A pre-hardened dispersion 150 formed at unit 144, and including the initial microparticles (i.e., solid phase), may be channeled to a hardening unit 152 to convert the initial particles to hardened CE microbeads 112. At unit 152, the initial microparticles contained within pre-hardened dispersion 150 are contacted with an extractant 154 (i.e., a drowning liquid) to produce a hardened dispersion 156. That is, the contacting step facilitates de- solventizing and hardening the initial microparticles into CE microbeads. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the extractant is water. Alternatively, the extractant may be methanol, ethanol, and combinations thereof.
[0129] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the pre-hardened dispersion and the extractant are combined at unit 152 at an extractant-to- dispersion weight ratio of at least 0.5:1, 1 :1, 1.5:1, 2:1, or 1.5:1 and/or not more than 10:1, 8:1, 6:1, 4:1, or 3:1.
[0130] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the weight ratio of extractant to pre-hardened particles used in the contacting step is at least 2: 1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1. 30:1, or 40:1 and/or not more than 200:1, 100:1, 80:1. 60:1, or 50:1.
[0131] As a result, in one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, hardened dispersion 156 has water in one or more of the following amounts: (1) at least 25, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, or 90 weight percent; (2) not more than 99, 97.5, 95, 92.5, 90, 80, 70, 60, or 50 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 50-99, 70-95, or 80-92.5 weight percent.
[0132] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, hardened dispersion 156 has water in a weight concentration that is at least 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5 times greater than and/or not more than 100, 70, 50, 25, 15, 10, 5, or 2.5 times greater than the weight concentration of water in the initial emulsion.
[0133] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, hardening of the microparticles is carried out under agitation. The agitation performed at unit 152 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the converting/hardening is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the converting/hardening is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the converting/hardening is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
[0134] In addition, the converting/hardening is performed for a time period of at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, or 20 minutes and/or not more than 12, 8, 6, 4, or 2 hours, and at a temperature of at least 0, 5, or 10 °C and/or not more than 100, 75, 50, or 25 °C.
[0135] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the converting/hardening is performed in a single vessel, or in multiple vessels. Multiple vessels may be needed based on the output of CE microbeads to be produced and the volumetric capacity of available vessels used for the hardening. In embodiments where multiple vessels are used, a first portion of pre-hardened dispersion 150 may be received at a first hardening unit, and a second portion of pre-hardened dispersion may be received at a second hardening unit. Flow communication may then be provided between the separate hardening units to enhance mass transfer such that desolventization of the initial microparticles is accelerated.
[0136] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, prehardened dispersion 150 has a solids content of at least 0.5, 1, 2, 3, or 4 and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, 10, or 6 weight percent.
[0137] As a result of the hardening, in one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, hardened dispersion 156 has a solids content of at least 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, or 1 weight percent and/or not more than 20, 10, 5, 2, or 1 weight percent.
[0138] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the solids content of the pre -hardened dispersion is at least 1.5, 2, 3, or 4 and/or not more than 20, 10, 8, or 6 times greater than the solids content of the hardened dispersion. In other words, at unit 152, solvent is extracted from the initial microparticles to produce hardened dispersion 156 including hardened CE microbeads 112 and a solvent-laden drowning liquid.
CE MICROBEAD ISOLATION/SEPARATION
[0139] CE microbeads 112 may be isolated and recovered from hardened dispersion 156 using any suitable technique at unit 158. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the isolating may be performed by at least one, at least two, or all three of the following: (1) flashing one or more liquid components away from the hardened CE microbeads; (2) filtering the hardened CE microbeads away from one or more liquid components; and (3) centrifuging, redispersing, and drying the hardened microbeads.
[0140] Solids processing and/or CE microbead isolation may be performed in a single unit, as illustrated in FIG. 1 , or may be performed in multiple units, as illustrated in FIG. 2. Referring to FIG. 2, a wet solids stream 160 and a separated mother liquor stream 162 are discharged from unit 158. Wet solids stream 160 contains the hardened CE microbeads and residual liquid. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, wet solids stream 160 has a solids content of at least 10, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 45 weight percent and/or not more than 60, 65, 50, 45, or 40 weight percent. This enables wet solids stream 160 to be conveyed to downstream units with reduced clogging and processing concerns.
[0141] Wet solids stream 160 may then, optionally, be processed in a wash unit 164, and a second solid/liquid separation unit 166. At unit 164, the hardened CE microbeads are washed with water 122 to produce a washed solids stream 168. Washed solids stream 168 is then processed at unit 166 by at least one, at least two, or all three of the following: (1) flashing one or more liquid components away from the hardened CE microbeads; (2) filtering the hardened CE microbeads away from one or more liquid components; and (3) centrifuging, redispersing, and drying the hardened microbeads. This second solid/liquid separation step facilitates reducing the solvent content in the liquid around the hardened CE microbeads.
[0142] A wash liquor 130 may be recovered from the second solid/liquid separation step and then recycled for use as at least a portion of the aqueous mixture in unit 142 and/or for use as at least a portion of the drowning liquid in unit 152.
[0143] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, at least 1, 5, or 10 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 50, 20, or 10 weight percent of aqueous mixture 138 is the recycled wash liquor.
[0144] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, at least 1, 5, or 10 weight percent and/or not more than 90, 50, 20, or 10 weight percent of drowning liquid 154 used in unit 152 is the recycled wash liquor.
[0145] A wet solids stream 172 discharged from unit 166 is then received at a drying unit 170. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, drying is performed at unit 170 under agitation and with the addition of heat. Such agitation facilitates reducing agglomeration of the recovered CE microbeads 112. Properties of the recovered CE microbeads 112 are described in more detail below.
[0146] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, drying unit 170 is a rotary cone dryer.
LIQUIDS PROCESSING AND RECYCLE
[0147] Separated mother liquor stream 162 discharged from unit 158 may be processed to recover water and/or solvent. The recovered water and/or solvent may then be recycled to one or more of the units shown in FIG. 2 to enhance the economic efficiency of the microbeads formation processes described herein.
[0148] The liquid processing may be performed in a single unit, as illustrated in FIG. 1, or may be performed in multiple units, as illustrated in FIG. 2. Referring to FIG. 2, mother liquor stream 162 contains at least a portion of the water and at least a portion of the solvent introduced at units 140 and/or 142, for example. Mother liquor stream 162 may also contain residual amounts of the hydrocolloid, surfactant, and any components used in the making of the mixed cellulose esters.
[0149] Mother liquor stream 162 may be heated 174 and then separated at unit 176 into at least two separate streams, such as solvent-enriched stream 134 and water-enriched (solvent- depleted) stream 132. Mother liquor stream 162 may be separated using any suitable technique at unit 176. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the liquids separation may be performed by distillation and the like.
[0150] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, water-enriched stream 132 includes one or more of the following: (1) water; (2) a surfactant; (3) a hydrocolloid; and (4) a C1-C4 alkyl acetate.
[0151] Accordingly, water-enriched stream 132 may be cooled 181 and then recycled to one or more units illustrated in FIG. 2. For example, the composition of water-enriched stream 132 enables it to be recycled to at least one of unit 142 as stream 178 for use in the forming of aqueous mixture 138, and/or to unit 152 as stream 180 for use in de-solventizing the initial microparticles, thereby reducing water usage required for such processes. Any excess not required by these processes may be purged from the system and subjected to wastewater treatment, for example.
[0152] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the ratio of recycled water in stream 180 used in the hardening step to recycled water in stream 178 used in forming aqueous mixture 138 is at least 1:1, 1.5: 1, 2:1, 3: 1, 4:1 and/or not more than 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, or 6:1.
[0153] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the ratio of recycled water in stream 180 used in the hardening step to purge water is at least 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 and/or not more than 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, or 6:1.
[0154] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, at least 75, 90, 95, 98, 99, or 100 weight percent of the extractant used in unit 152 is recycled water recovered downstream from unit 152, such as water contained in water-enriched stream 132 that is recycled to unit 152.
[0155] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, fresh water 154 is added to unit 152 for use in the hardening step.
[0156] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, wherein the ratio of the total amount of added fresh water to purge water is at least 0.25 : 1 0.5: 1 , 0.75:1, or 0.9:1 and/or not more than 4:1, 2:1, 1.5:1, 1.25:1, or 1.1 :1.
[0157] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent-enriched stream 134 includes one or more of: (1) a C1-C4 alkyl acetate; (2) a C1-C4 alcohol; and (3) water.
[0158] Accordingly, solvent-enriched stream 134 may be recycled to one or more units illustrated in FIG. 2. For example, the composition of solvent-enriched stream 134 enables it to be recycled to at least one of unit 140 for use as a portion of the solvent in the forming of CE dope 136, and/or to unit 142 for use in the forming of aqueous mixture 138. Any excess not required by these processes may be purged from the system.
[0159] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, at least 75, 90, 95, 98, 99, or 100 weight percent of the solvent used in unit 140 used to form CE dope 136 is recycled solvent 146.
[0160] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, fresh water 104 is added to unit 142 for use in forming aqueous mixture 138.
[0161] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the ratio of the combined amount of water in streams 178 and 180 to the total amount of added fresh water 104 in unit 142 is at least 2:1, 4:1, 6:1, or 8:1.
[0162] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, aqueous mixture 138 includes an azeotrope of water and C1-C4 alkyl acetate, and/or of water and C1-C4 alcohol, derived from water-enriched stream 132.
[0163] Hydroxyl is generally a strong hydrogen bonder. Thus, the opportunity for hydrogen bonding increases as the DSOH of a given substance increases. The cosolvent alcohol of the solvent system described herein is also a strong hydrogen bonder. Surprisingly however, the ability of the cosolvent alcohol to hydrogen bond was found to decrease as the number of carbons (i.e., C1-C4) increases. Accordingly, lower carbon number binary solvent systems that did not contain water were found to be capable of dissolving cellulose esters having a DSOH
greater than a biodegradability threshold (e.g., DSOH of greater than 0.8). In contrast, higher carbon number binary solvent systems that did not contain water were found to not be capable of dissolving cellulose esters having a DSOH greater than the same biodegradability threshold. Accordingly, it has been found that the presence of a strong hydrogen bonder (i.e., water) with essentially no steric hindrance in solvent systems containing higher carbon number alcohols facilitates dissolution of the mixed CEs described herein in the solvent systems.
[0164] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, recycled solvent 146 contains water in an amount of at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent and/or not more than 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
[0165] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, recycled solvent 146 contains at least one azeotrope, wherein the azeotrope contains water and another component.
[0166] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the azeotrope in recycled solvent 146 may be a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, or both a water/alcohol azeotrope and a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
[0167] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, recycled solvent 146 contains a plurality of azeotropes. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the plurality of azeotropes include a plurality of binary azeotropes. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the components of the solvent system are selected such that recycled solvent 146 does not contain any ternary azeotropes, thereby simplifying recovery and recycling of said solvent.
[0168] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent-enriched stream 134 contains less than 10 weight percent, less than 1 weight percent, less than 0.1 weight percent, or 0.0 weight percent of a ternary azeotrope.
[0169] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, recycled solvent 146 contains three total binary azeotropes, such as a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, and an alcohol/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
[0170] Per block flow diagram shown in FIG.2 and ASPEN model mass fractions in TABLE A, Separated Mother Liquor Stream 162 from Solid/Liquid Separation 158 feeds column Solvent/Extr actant Separation 176 with optional (pre)Heat 174. The column Solvent/Extract Separation 176 bottoms Water Enriched Stream 132 at the mass fractions shown in TABLE A flows through Cool(er) 181 as Recycled Water 178 stream to Aqueous Mixture Formation 142, as Recycled Extractant 180 stream to Particle Hardening 152, and as a Water Purge stream. The Water Purge stream is required to prevent accumulation of Hydrocolloid 106 and Surfactant 108 in the entire system. Solvent Enriched Stream 134 flows from the top of the column Solvent/Extract Separation 176 as Recycled Solvent 146 to Dope Formation 140 and possibly to Aqueous Mixture Formation 142. TABLE A ASPEN run is for one particular embodiment. There is essentially complete recovery of Solvent 102 and recycle back to the process in Recycled Solvent stream 146. There is about 98% recovery of Solvent 148 and recycle back to the process in Recycled Solvent stream 146. About 16% of the water in the Hardened Dispersion 156 feed to Solid Liquid Separation 158 must be purged from the system in the Water Purge stream to prevent significant accumulation of Hydrocolloid 106 and Surfactant 108 in the process.
[0171] TABLE A - Aspen Model for Solvent and Water Recovery System and Balance of Recycle Streams and Purge.
ADDITIONAL EMBODIMENTS
[0172] Referring now to FIG. 3, CE microbeads 112 are produced by serialized particle formation. In the example embodiment, particle formation begins at unit 142, in which water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, in some embodiments, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134 is combined to form aqueous mixture 138.
[0173] Aqueous mixture 138 is discharged from unit 142 and received at a dispersion formation unit 182. At unit 182, aqueous mixture 138 is combined with CE 100, solvent 102, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 derived from solvent-enriched stream 134. Thus, rather
than forming CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 in separate units, aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 are combined in a common unit to form the initial emulsion.
[0174] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 are agitated in unit 182 the combined CE dope and aqueous mixture is recirculated through a high shear mixer to disperse the solid phase within the liquid phase of the initial emulsion, and to facilitate hardening of the solid phase to produce the initial microparticles.
[0175] To produce the initial microparticles, agitation of the combined aqueous mixture 138, CE 100, and solvent 102 is performed at unit 182. The agitation performed at unit 182 may be quantified by at least one of the following: (1) impeller tip speed, (2) impeller Reynolds number, and (3) power to mass ratio. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller tip speed of at least 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, or 300 cm/s and/or not more than 1000, 500, 400, 300, 200, or 100 cm/s. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at an impeller Reynolds number of at least 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, or 6000 and/or not more than 15000, 10000, 8000, 6000, 5000, 4000, or 3000. In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the high shear mixing is performed at a power to mass ratio of at least 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or 3.0 and/or not more than 10.0, 7.5, 5.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0 0.5, or 0.1.
[0176] Pre -hardened dispersion 150 is then discharged from unit 182 and hardened CE microbeads 112 recovered therefrom as described above.
[0177] Referring to FIG. 4, CE microbeads 112 are produced by separated dope and aqueous mixture formation, and combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening. In the example embodiment, particle formation begins as illustrated in FIG. 2, wherein CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are formed in separate units.
[0178] In FIG. 4, however, CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are fed to a common emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening unit 184. At unit 184, CE dope 136 and aqueous mixture 138 are combined and agitated to form the initial emulsion as described
herein. Once the initial emulsion is formed, extractant 154 is fed directly to unit 184 to perform de-solventization of the initial microparticles.
[0179] Referring to FIG. 5, CE microbeads 112 are produced by combined emulsion/dispersion formation. In the example embodiment, particle formation begins by combining all of CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 and recycled water 178 in a common unit 186. This mixture is agitated as described herein to produce pre-hardened dispersion 150 containing initial microparticles. Pre-hardened dispersion is received at unit 152 to de-solventize the initial microparticles as described herein.
[0180] Referring to FIG. 6, CE microbeads 112 are produced by combined emulsion/dispersion formation and particle hardening. In the example embodiment, particle formation begins by combining all of CE 100, solvent 102, water 104, hydrocolloid 106, surfactant 108, and, optionally, recycled solvent 146 and recycled water 178 in a common unit 188. At unit 188, these components are combined and agitated to form the initial emulsion as described herein. Once the initial emulsion is formed, extractant 154 is fed directly to unit 188 to perform de-solventization of the initial microparticles.
[0181] Referring to FIG. 7, CE microbeads 112 are produced by solvent flashing prior to particle hardening. In the example embodiment, pre-hardened dispersion 150 discharged from unit 144 is received at a flash unit 190, rather than at particle hardening unit 152. At unit 144, at least some of the solvent of pre-hardened dispersion 150 is removed from the liquid phase thereof, to thereby form a solvent-depleted dispersion 192 having a reduced solvent content. Solvent-depleted dispersion 192 is received at unit 152 to harden the pre-hardened microparticles contained therein, as described above. A flashed solvent stream 194 discharged from unit 190 may be channeled to unit 176 to perform liquids processing and recycle thereof.
[0182] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the removing at unit 144 is performed by pervaporation, crossflow membrane filtration (ultrafiltration or nanofiltration), flash pot, spray pot, or wiped film evaporation.
[0183] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the removing at unit 144 reduces the solvent in said dispersion by at least 30 percent, at least 50
percent, at least 75 percent, at least 90 percent, between 30 and 90 percent, or between 50 and 75 percent by weight.
[0184] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent-depleted dispersion 192 has a solids content of at least 3, 4, 5, or 6 and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
[0185] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, a volume ratio of drowning liquid to the solvent-depleted dispersion used in unit 152 is less than 2.5:1, 2:1, 1.75:1, 1.5:1, 1.25:1, or 1:1.
HARDENED CE MICROBEADS
[0186] The hardened CE microbeads produced by the processes disclosed herein exhibit desirable tactile and/or optical qualities, for example, making them desirable for use in personal care products, cosmetics, and the like. As used herein, the terms “microparticles,” “beads,” and “microbeads” may be used interchangeably with the term “hardened CE microbeads.”
[0187] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, CE microbeads are produced at a rate of at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day. To achieve these production rates, CE, solvent, and/or water is provided within the system at one or more of the following corresponding rates.
[0188] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, CE is provided at unit 140 at a rate of at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day.
[0189] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, solvent is provided at unit 140 at a rate of at least at least 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, or 10000 kg/day and/or not more than 100000, 75000, or 50000 kg/day.
[0190] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, water is provided unit 152 at a rate of at least at least 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, 10000, 25000, 50000, or 100000 kg/day and/or not more than 1000000, 750000, or 500000 kg/day.
[0191] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a hardness at 20°C that is greater than the hardness at 20°C of the initial microparticles contained within pre-hardened dispersion 150 and/or formed in any of the processes described herein.
[0192] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a hardness of at least 1.1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, or 2 times greater than the hardness of the initial microparticles.
[0193] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than 100, 50, 25, or 10 ppmw.
[0194] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
[0195] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content of less than 0.99, 0.95, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 of the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
[0196] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a solvent content that is at least 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16 or 20 weight percent less than the solvent content of the initial microparticles.
[0197] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size that is within 50, 25, 15, 10, 5, or 2 percent of the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
[0198] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size of less than the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
[0199] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size of less than 0.99, 0.95, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 of the D50 particle size of the initial microparticles.
[0200] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D50 particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 100, 2 to 80, 2 to 70, 2 to 60, 2 to 50, 2 to 40, 2 to 35, 2 to 30, 2 to 25, 2 to 20, 2 to 15, 2 to 10, 3 to 100, 3 to 80, 3 to 70, 3 to 60, 3 to 50, 3 to 40, 3 to 35, 3 to 30, 3 to 25, 3 to 20, 3 to 15, 3 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to 80, 15 to 70, 15 to 60, 15 to 50, 15 to 40, 15 to 35, 15 to 30, 15 to 25, 15 to 20, 20 to 100, 20 to 80, 20 to 70, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 20 to 30, 25 to 100, 25 to 80, 25 to 70, 25 to 60, 25 to 50, 25 to 40, 25 to 35, 25 to 30, 30 to 100, 30 to 80, 30 to 70, 30 to 60, 30 to 50, 30 to 40, or 30 to 35 microns. For example, the hardened CE microbeads can have a D50 particle size of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 microns.
[0201] As used herein, the term “D50” means that 50% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis. The D50 value may also be treated as the median particle size. To ensure that a representative D50 value is obtained, the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams. The microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for D50 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution. One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D50 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical. When using the Malvern Mastersizer, the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements. The dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate (~4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out. After the first measurement, the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
[0202] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D10 volume-based particle size of 0.5 to 20, 0.5 to 15, 0.5 to 12, 0.5 to 10, 0.5 to 5, 0.5 to 4, 0.5 to 3, 0.5 to 2, 0.5 to 1, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 12, 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2 to 20, 2 to 10, 2 to 5, 3 to 20, 3 to 15, 3 to 10, 4 to 20, 4 to 15, 4 to 10, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5
to 10, 10 to 20, or 10 to 15 microns. For example, the hardened CE microbeads can have a DIO volume-based particle size of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 microns.
[0203] As used herein, the term “D10 volume-based” means that 10% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis. To ensure that a representative D10 value is obtained, the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams. The microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for D10 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution. One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D10 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical. When using the Malvern Mastersizer, the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements. The dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate (~4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out. After the first measurement, the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
[0204] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D90 volume-based particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to 80, 15 to 70, 15 to 60, 15 to 50, 15 to 40, 15 to 35, 15 to 30, 15 to 25, 15 to 20, 20 to 100, 20 to 80, 20 to 70, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 20 to 30, 25 to 100, 25 to 80, 25 to 70, 25 to 60, 25 to 50, 25 to 40, 25 to 35, 25 to 30, 30 to 100, 30 to 80, 30 to 70, 30 to 60, 30 to 50, 30 to 40, or 30 to 35 microns. For example, the hardened CE microbeads can have a D90 volume -based particle size of 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, or 20 microns.
[0205] As used herein, the term “D90 volume-based” means that 90% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis. To ensure that a representative D90 value is obtained, the sample size of the
beads should be at least 0.5 grams. The microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for D90 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution. One suitable particle size analyzer for determining D90 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical. When using the Malvern Mastersizer, the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light measurements. The dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate (~4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out. After the first measurement, the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
[0206] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a D100 volume-based particle size in the range of 1 to 100, 1 to 80, 1 to 70, 1 to 60, 1 to 50, 1 to 40, 1 to 35, 1 to 30, 1 to 25, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 5 to 100, 5 to 80, 5 to 70, 5 to 60, 5 to 50, 5 to 40, 5 to 35, 5 to 30, 5 to 25, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 100, 10 to 80, 10 to 70, 10 to 60, 10 to 50, 10 to 40, 10 to 35, 10 to 30, 10 to 25, 10 to 20, 10 to 15, 15 to 100, 15 to 80, 15 to 70, 15 to 60, 15 to 50, 15 to 40, 15 to 35, 15 to 30, 15 to 25, 15 to 20, 20 to 100, 20 to 80, 20 to 70, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, 20 to 35, 20 to 30, 25 to 100, 25 to 80, 25 to 70, 25 to 60, 25 to 50, 25 to 40, 25 to 35, 25 to 30, 30 to 100, 30 to 80, 30 to 70, 30 to 60, 30 to 50, 30 to 40, or 30 to 35 microns. For example, the hardened CE microbeads can have a D100 volume-based particle size of 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, or 20 microns.
[0207] As used herein, the term “D100 volume -based” means that 100% of the beads have a maximum dimension that is less than or equal to the noted value (e.g., 10 microns), based on a volume basis. To ensure that a representative D100 value is obtained, the sample size of the beads should be at least 0.5 grams. The microbead sample size is then dispersed and mixed in 1.5 ounces of isopropanol. Testing for DI 00 is performed via laser diffraction and computer algorithms using the Mie theory to generate a particle size distribution. One suitable particle size analyzer for determining DI 00 values is the Malvern Mastersizer 3000 from Malvern Panalytical. When using the Malvern Mastersizer, the obscuration rate may be set between 2% and 5% and sample measurement time is set for three seconds for both red and blue light
measurements. The dispersed sample is added until the desired obscuration rate (~4%) is attained and then the measurements are carried out. After the first measurement, the sample is sonicated at 50% power for 120 seconds. Subsequently, after sonication, the dispersed sample is measured again once the light energy stabilizes (usually less than one minute).
[0208] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have an average sphericity of at least at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, 95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent.
[0209] Average sphericity is determined by: (1) obtaining a secondary emission/ETD detector scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image of a representative sample of at least 40 microbeads, (2) on the SEM image, selecting a square sample window centered at the center of the SEM that contains exactly 30 microbeads whose entire outer perimeters are clearly visible (i.e., not occluded), (3) measuring the maximum and minimum diameters (each extending through the particle's centroid and not necessarily perpendicular to one another) of the 30 clearly visible microbeads in the sample window, (4) for each of the 30 particles, dividing the minimum diameter by the maximum diameter and multiplying the result by 100% to obtain 30 individual particle sphericities, and (5) averaging the 30 individual particle sphericities to obtain the average sphericity.
[0210] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a monomodal particle size distribution with a span of at least 0.5, 0.55, 0.6, 0.65, 0.7, 0.75, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1.0, 1.05, 1.1, 1.15, 1.2, 1.25, 1.3, or 1.4 and/or less than 3.0, 2.9, 2.8, 2.7, 2.6, 2.5, 2.4, 2.3, 2.2, 2.1, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, or 1.5. In certain embodiments, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a monomodal particle size distribution with a span of 1.0 to 3.0, 1.0 to 2.5, 1.0 to 2.0, 1.0 to 1.8, 1.0 to 1.6, 1.2 to 3.0, 1.2 to 2.5, 1.2 to 2.0, 1.2 to 1.8, 1.2 to 1.6, 1.3 to 3.0, 1.3 to 2.5, 1.3 to 2.0, 1.3 to 1.8, or 1.3 to 1.6. As used herein, “monomodal particle size distribution” refers to a particle size distribution for a material that only has a single notable peak of size distribution. This is in contrast to multimodal particle size distributions, which will have two or more peaks of particle size
distributions. The “span” of the monomodal peak may be measured using the DIO, D50, and D90 values of the particles using the following formula:
(Dx(90) - Dx(10))/ Dx(50), wherein “x” is the designated particle size.
[0211] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have an average smoothness of at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, 95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent.
[0212] Average smoothness is determined by: (1) obtaining a secondary emission/EDT detector scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image of a representative sample of at least 20 microbeads, (2) on the SEM, selecting a square sample window centered at the center of the SEM that contains exactly 10 microbeads whose entire outer perimeters are clearly visible (i.e., not occluded), (3) binarizing the sample window by manual binarization with upper and lower thresholds chosen to match the exact shape of the darker regions of the particles, (4) for each of the 10 microbeads, selecting a square window at or near the center of the particle having length and width that are approximately 1/3 of the particle diameter (before binarizing the particle), (5) dividing the dark region area in the square window by the total area of the square window and multiplying the result by 100% to obtain 10 individual particle smoothness, and (5) averaging the 10 individual particle smoothness to obtain the average smoothness.
[0213] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have an average BET surface area of at least 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2,
1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3,
3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4,
5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4. 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6,
7.7, 7.8, 7.9, or 8.0 m2/g and/or not more than 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2.5, 2, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3 m2/g as measured according to ISO 9277 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and krypton gas.
[0214] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a BET average pore size of at least 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 56, 57, 58, or 59 angstroms and/or less than 75, 70, 65, or 60 angstroms as measured according to ISO 9277 and ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
[0215] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH average pore size of at least 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 125, or 130 angstroms and/or less than 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, or 130 angstroms as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
[0216] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH surface area of pores from 17 to 3,000 angstroms of at least 0.5, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4. or 1.5 and/or less than 2.5, 2.0, 1.9, 1.8, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3 m2/g as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
[0217] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a BJH volume of pores from 17 to 3,000 angstroms of at least 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, or 0.004 and/or less than 0.1, 0.05, or 0.01 mL/g as measured according to ISO 15901-02 using a Micromeritics ASAP 2020 instrument and nitrogen gas.
[0218] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a true specific gravity of at least 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, or 0.9 and/or not more than 1.5, 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, or 0.6 as measured by JIS Z8807-1976.
[0219] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a bulk specific gravity of at least 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8 and/or not more than 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, or 0.5 as measured by JIS 1201-1.
[0220] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a polydispersity index of less than 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, or 0.3.
[0221] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a surfactant content of less than 200, 150, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
[0222] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a plasticizer content of less than 200, 150, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
[0223] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a butyric acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
[0224] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have an acetic acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
[0225] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a propionic acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw.
[0226] The butyric acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid contents of the hardened CE microbeads may be measured via gas chromatography (“GC”). Under one GC methodology, the butyric acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid contents may be measured by adding about 100 mg of the hardened CE microbeads to a tared 4-dram vial, followed by the addition of an internal standard solution comprising nonane in a 90: 10 mixture of dichloromethane/methanol. A magnetic stir bar is placed in the vial, and the sample is stirred for two hours. After stirring, 8.0 mL of n-heptane is added dropwise to precipitate the polymer, and then the sample is vortexed. Approximately 100 mg of the supernatant is transferred to a GC vial, along with 100 pL of pyridine and 450 pL of BSTFA. The samples are heated at 80°C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature before injection. Samples are chromatographed simultaneously on 100% dimethylpolysiloxane and 14% cyanopropyl-phenyl-methylpolysiloxane columns using temperature programming and flame ionization detection. Alternatively, a second GC methodology involves preparing samples by adding approximately 30 mg of hardened CE microbeads to a tared GC vial, followed by 200 pL of an internal standard solution comprising
decane in pyridine, and 1.0 mL of BSTFA. The vials re heated at 80°C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature before injection. Samples are then chromatographed simultaneously on 100% dimethylpolysiloxane and 6% cyanopropyl-phenyl- methylpolysiloxane columns using temperature programming and flame ionization detection.
[0227] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a sulfuric acid content of less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, 7.5, 5, 2.5, or 1 ppmw. The sulfuric acid content of the hardened CE microbeads may be measured by the following methodology. First, the tested sample is added to a titration cell and dissolved in a solvent for a total volume of 70 mL. Solvent blanks are also prepared for comparison purposes. The samples and blanks are then titrated with 0.05 N potassium hydroxide in methanol using an automatic titrator equipped with a combination glass potentiometric electrode. Acid number is calculated based on the sample weight and the KOH consumed in the sample minus the KOH consumed in the blank.
[0228] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have a CE content of at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 weight percent of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may have a CE content of less than 99.9, 99.5, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 91, 90, 89, 88, 87, 86, or 85 weight percent of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects. In certain embodiments, the hardened CE microbeads may consist essentially of the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect, including any class or subclass of these aspects.
[0229] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads may contain an additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect. In such embodiments, this additional cellulose ester can be cellulose acetate, which exhibits at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least
one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0230] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads may contain at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 weight percent the additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may contain less than 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5 weight percent of the additional biodegradable cellulose ester that is different from the mixed cellulose ester of the first aspect, the second aspect, and/or the third aspect.
[0231] In one embodiment or in combination with any embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads have moisture content in one or more of the following amounts: (1) greater than 0 weight percent; (2) not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.05 weight percent; and (3) in the range of 0-10, 0-5, 0-4, 0-3, or 1.3 weight percent.
[0232] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 56 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0233] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit at least 40% biodegradability, at least 45% biodegradability, or at least 50% biodegradability, or at least 55% biodegradability, at least 60% biodegradability, or at least 65% biodegradability, or at least 70% biodegradability, or at least 75% biodegradability, or at least 80% biodegradability, or at least 85% biodegradability, at 60 days according to at least one of the OECD 301B, OECD 301C, OECD 301D, OECD 301F, OECD TG 310, OECD TG 306, ISO 14852, or ISO 14851 test methods.
[0234] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit an oil absorption of at least 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55,
60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 mL per 100 g as measured using test method ASTM D281, wherein mineral oil is used instead of castor oil.
[0235] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a zeta potential of at least -95, at least -90, at least -85, at least -80, at least -75, at least -70, at least -65, at least -60, at least -55, at least -50, or at least -45 mV. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may exhibit a zeta potential of less than -5, less than -10, less than -15, less than -20, less than -25, less than -30, less than -35, less than -40, less than -45, less than -50, less than -55, less than -60, or less than -65 mV.
[0236] Zeta potential was measured by dispersing the microbeads in water by vortex mixing for 30 seconds. The microbead concentration was controlled at 0.5 mg/ml. Zeta potential tests were done on a Zetasizer Nano series, model ZEN 3600 instrument from Malvern Panalytical with a sample cell DTS 1070. A Smolu chowski model is then used for Zeta potential calculation.
[0237] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a haze transmission of at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, or at least 45 percent. Additionally, or in the alternative, the hardened CE microbeads may exhibit a haze transmission of less than 90, less than 85, less than 80, less than 75, less than 70, less than 65, less than 60, less than 55, less than 50, less than 45, less than 40 percent. The haze transmission may be measured using a BYK Glossmeter and a BYK Haze Gard I by forming an aqueous emulsion comprising 5 weight percent of the biodegradable beads.
[0238] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hardened CE microbeads exhibit a total transmission of at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 86, at least 87, at least 88, or at least 89 percent as measured using a BYK Haze-Gard I unit.
COSMETIC FORMULATIONS
[0239] The hardened CE microbeads produced by the processes disclosed herein may be used to produce a variety of cosmetic compositions. The cosmetic compositions may be
produced by: (1) providing a plurality of the hardened CE microbeads; (2) combining the hardened CE beads with one or more cosmetic additives to thereby form a pre-cosmetic mixture; and (3) forming the cosmetic composition from the pre-cosmetic mixture.
[0240] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the cosmetic composition can comprise at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads. Additionally, or in the alternative, the cosmetic composition can comprise less than 99, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads. For example, the cosmetic composition can comprise 0.1 to 90, 0.1 to 50, 0.1 to 30, 0.1 to 20, 0.1 to 15, 0.1 to 10, 0.1 to 5, 1 to 90, 1 to 50, 1 to 30, 1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, or 1 to 5 weight percent of the hardened CE microbeads.
[0241] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the cosmetic composition can be a foundation, a sunscreen, a lipstick, a mascara, an eye shadow, a lotion, a dry shampoo, a liquid shampoo, a body wash, a lotion, a hair conditioner, a skin moisturizer, a face wash, a tablet, a foot powder, a baby powder, a shaving cream, or a shaving gel.
[0242] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the cosmetic composition can be a loose powder, a compacted powder, a gel, an emulsion, a liquid, or an aerosol.
[0243] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the cosmetic composition comprises at least 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives. Additionally, or in the alternative, the cosmetic composition can comprise less than 99, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, or 50 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives. For example, the cosmetic composition can comprise 1 to 99, 1 to 95, 1 to 90, 1 to 85, 1 to 80, 5 to 99, 5 to 95, 5 to 90, 5 to 85, 10 to 99, 10 to 95, 10 to 85, 10 to 80, 15 to 99, 15 to 95, 15 to 90, 15 to 85, or 15 to 80 weight percent of at least one, two, three, four, or five cosmetic additives.
[0244] Generally, the cosmetic additives can include a solvent, a colorant, an oil, a wax, a fatty acid, an alcohol, an ester, a hydrocarbon, a silicone oil, a surfactant, a metal soap, a moisturizer, a thickener, a UV absorber, an antioxidant, an oil absorbent, an exfoliant, water, or a combination thereof.
[0245] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the colorant comprises a pigment (e.g., an organic pigment and/or an inorganic pigment) and/or a dye.
[0246] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the oil comprises triglycine, soybean oil, cocoa butter, palm oil, palm kernel oil, hardened oil, and/or hardened castor oil.
[0247] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the wax comprises carnauba wax, candelilla wax, lanolin, lanolin, candelilla wax, cotton wax, Montan wax, Kapok wax, lanolin acetate, lanolin, and/or lanolin fatty acid isopropyl.
[0248] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the fatty acid comprises lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, undecylenic acid, linoleic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid (EP A), and/or docosahexaenoic acid.
[0249] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the alcohol comprises cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, isostearyl alcohol, 2- octyldodecanol, lauryl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, and/or cetostearyl alcohol.
[0250] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the ester comprises isopropyl myristate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, cetyl 2- ethylhexanoate, diisostearyl malate, tripropylene glycol dineopentate, isononyl isononanoate, isotorideyl isononanoate, cetyl octanoate, isocetyl palmitate, butyl stearate, hexyl laurate, myristyl myristate, decyl oleate, hexyl decyl dimethyloctanate, cetyl lactate, myristyl lactate, lanolin acetate, isosetyl stearate, isosetyl isostearate, cholesteryl 12-hydroxystearate, di-2- ethylhexanoic acid ethylene glycol, dipentaerythritol fatty acid ester, monoisostearate N-
alkylglycol, dicaprate neopentyl glycol, di-2-heptylundecanoate glycerin, tri-2-ethylhexanoate trimethylpropane, Trimethylolpropane triisostearate, pentaerythritol tetra-2 -ethylhexanoate, glycerin tri-2-ethylhexanoate, glycerin trioctanoate, glycerin triisopalmitate, trimethylolpropane triisostearate, ethylhexyl palmitate, glycerin trimyristate, tri-2- heptylundecanoic acid glyceride, castor oil fatty acid methyl ester, oleyl oleate, acetoglyceride, 2 -heptylundecyl palmitate, diisobutyl adipate, N-lauroyl- L-Glutamic hexyldecyl palmitate, adipate hexyldecyl, diisopropyl sebacate, ethylhexyl succinate, and/or triethyl citrate.
[0251] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the hydrocarbon comprises paraffin, petrolatum, and/or microcrystalline wax.
[0252] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the surfactant comprises an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and/or a nonionic surfactant.
[0253] In one embodiment or in combination with any other embodiment mentioned herein, the thickener comprises guar gum, pectin, starch, gelatin, collagen, cellulosic derivatives, and/or mannan.
EXPERIMENTS
I. Experiment Set 1
[0254] CE dopes were prepared as shown in TABLE 1 below to determine the solubility of CE, such as cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), Example 1, in a solvent system containing ethyl acetate (EA), n-propanol (nPrOH), and water. The preparation of Ex 1 is shown below.
[0255] Example 1: Cellulose Acetate Butyrate (DSAC=1.87, DSBU=1.2, DSOH=0.91 Mw=90766)
[0256] Cellulose and acid mixture [cellulose (4.3 parts) and AcOH (11.8 parts)] was added to an agitated reactor and soaked unheated then, the mixture was heated to 55°C. Some amount of sulfuric acid was added and the reactor was cooled to 30°C. Following, a mixture of AC2O (8.9 parts) and BU2O (5.6 parts) was added and the mixture cooled to around 9°C with agitation. Additional sulfuric acid was added to a total of 0.6 parts and the resulting reaction mixture was warmed to 50°C. To this reaction mixture was added a mixture of BuOH (18 parts) and H2O
(7.4 parts). The mixture was then stirred at 68°C for 1020 min, but with the addition of a mixture Mg(0Ac)2 (0.61 parts), BuOH (6.9 parts) and H2O (2.7 parts) after 80 min. After the full length of time, the mixture was fully neutralized with a solution of Mg(OAc)2 (0.86 parts), BuOH (1.5 parts) and H2O (4.8 parts). The mixture was then precipitated in water, washed and dried by common methods.
Degree of Substitution
[0257] The degree of substitution for the substituents on the cellulose ester backbone is calculated using proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Gel permeation chromatography is performed on cellulose esters in stabilized tetrahydrofuran. The instrument is an Agilent 1260 which consists of a degasser, isocratic pump with a flow rate of 1.0 milliliters per minute, autosampler with an injection volume of 25 microliters, a column oven set at 28°C and a refractive index detector at 28 °C. The column set consists of an Agilent PLgel 5 micron guard, Mixed-C and Oligopore in series. The system is calibrated with monodisperse polystyrene standard ranging from approximately 4 million to 162 molecular weight. The sample is prepared by weighing approximately 25 milligrams of sample in 10 milliliters of solvent with the addition of 10 microliters of toluene to be used as a flow rate marker, add a stir bar into an 8-dram screw cap vial and stir until dissolution.
Molecular Weight
[0258] The molecular weight is determined by gel permeation chromatography. Gel permeation chromatography is performed on cellulose esters in stabilized tetrahydrofuran. The instrument is an Agilent 1260 which consists of a degasser, isocratic pump with a flow rate of 1.0 milliliters per minute, autosampler with an injection volume of 25 microliters, a column oven set at 28°C and a refractive index detector at 28°C. The column set consists of an Agilent PLgel 5 micron guard, Mixed-C and Oligopore in series. The system is calibrated with monodisperse polystyrene standard ranging from approximately 4 million to 162 molecular weight. The sample is prepared by weighing approximately 25 milligrams of sample in 10 milliliters of solvent with the addition of 10 microliters of toluene to be used as a flow rate marker, add a stir bar into an 8-dram screw cap vial and stir until dissolution.
Preparation of CE Dopes
[0259] The CE dopes were prepared by charging a dry, 250 mL, 1-neck round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer with the respective amount of the solvent systems as shown in TABLE 1. The solvent systems were stirred, and the flask was then charged with the respective amount/type of CAB. The CAB was charged into the flask by slowly metering the solids at a rate such that the stirring vortex was able to move the solid particles into the solvent system without forming a large mass of powder at the top of the liquid phase. This mixture of solvent and CAB was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. If the mixture became homogeneous in this time period, the Dope was determined to be “soluble.” If the solid particles remained undissolved in the solvent system at 60 minutes, the Dope was determined to be “insoluble.”
[0260] In Dopes 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3, the solvent system contained ethyl acetate and n- propanol in varying amounts, but did not contain water. In Dopes 1-la, l-2a, and l-3a, water was added to the solvent system. That is, the solvent systems of Dopes 1-1 and 1-la, 1-2 and l-2a, and 1-3 and l-3a contained the same amount of ethyl acetate and n-propanol, and the only difference between the respective Dopes was the addition of water.
[0261] In Dope l-4a, the amount of CAB contained in the CE dope was increased to match its % CAB by mass to the % CAB by mass of the Dopes that did not contain water (i.e., Dopes 1-1, 1-2, and 1-3).
[0262] Notably, CE dopes that did not contain water were unable to solubilize the CE contained therein. For example, Dope 1-1 provided a chunky and non-homogeneous mixture,
Dopes 1-2 and 1-3 initially provided stirrable slurries but became chunky and non- homogeneous after several minutes.
[0263] In comparison, Dope 1-1 a provided a stirrable, rather than chunky, slurry. Dopes 1- 2a and l-3a provided homogeneous mixtures in which the CE was dissolved in the solvent system within 3 minutes.
[0264] As shown in Dope l-4a, increasing the mass of the CE contained in the CE dope also provided a homogenous mixture in which the CE was dissolved in the solvent system within 3 minutes. That is, increasing the % CAB of the CE dope did not appear to negatively impact the solubility of the CE in the solvent system. II. Experiment Set 2
Example 2
[0265] CE dope is prepared by adding EtOAc and EtOH to a stirred lab reactor with 2 pitched blade impellers and 2 baffles. Under agitation, slowly add the cellulose butyrate (CAB)
powder. Heat to 35-40 °C while mixing for 1-2 hours, then cool to room temperature and continue mixing until all the CAB is fully dissolved to form the CE Dope.
[0266] The aqueous phase and emulsion are prepared as follows: charge EtOAc to a stirred tank and stir at 300 RPM. Add the MC, then the DI water, and then T-28 under agitation until completely dissolved to form the aqueous phase. Add the CE Dope and the aqueous phase to a charge tank to form an emulsion. Circulate the emulsion through the IKA flow cell at 4000 RPM at an equivalent shear time of about 1.67 minutes in the IKA to form a sheared emulsion. The sheared emulsion is then transferred into a drowning bucket. Charge DI water to the drowning bucket and mix for 2 hours. Take a subset of the fully drowned material and centrifuge the contents @ 3000 RPM for 15 minutes to provide mother liquor and solids. Wash with DI water and centrifuge two more times to provide solids. Dry the solids in an oven at 95- 100 °C under vacuum overnight. The resulting powder was analyzed for particle size and SEM analysis. The PS Light Scattering D(4,3) was ~6.3 microns, D50 was 5.8 microns, and about 1.3% of the particles were below 1 micron.
Example 3
[0267] Example 2 was repeated except the emulsion was circulated through the IKA flow cell at 4600 RPM and an equivalent shear time of about 1.5 minutes in the IKA, which resulted in a powder having a PS Light Scattering D(4,3) was 8.81 microns, D50 was 8.05 microns, and about 1.37% of the particles were below 1 micron.
Example 4
[0268] Example 2 was repeated a third time except the emulsion was circulated through the IKA flow cell at 4000 RPM and an equivalent shear time of about 1 minute in the IKA, which resulted in a powder having a PS Light Scattering D(4,3) was 10.4 microns, D50 was 9.65 microns, and about 2.0% of the particles were below 1 micron.
Example 5
[0269] Example 2 was repeated except that prior to drowning, the sheared emulsion is stripped by boiling out ethyl acetate-ethanol-water azeotrope (60:15:25) under vacuum pressure sufficient to keep the temperature below 50°C. The overall volume was held constant
such that water was added at the same volumetric rate that the azeotrope was removed to avoid agglomerating the particles. The stripped emulsion is then transferred into a drowning bucket. The composition of the condensate is shown below Shown below are the amounts of EtOAc in each condensate cut that is removed. Based on the amount of condensate collected and the levels of EtOAc in each cut, approximately 60-75% of the total EtOAc was removed when the condensate composition shifted toward mainly water.
[0270] Example 5 was repeated (Examples 6-11) except that the amount of EtOAc removed was varied for Examples 6-8, and the stripping speed was varied for Examples 9-11. Also, the reduction in the amount of drowning water compared to Example 2, which did not include a stripping step, is shown in Table 5.
[0271] As show in Table 5, the data demonstrates that EtOAc could be reduced such that the amount of water used in drowning as compared to Example 2 where no stripping step was performed could be reduced to at least 25% of the original amount and still produce the target particle size with spherical particles.
[0272] The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as “40 mm” is intended to mean “about 40 mm.”
[0273] Every document cited herein, if any, including any cross- referenced or related patent or application and any patent application or patent to which this application claims priority or benefit thereof, is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety unless expressly excluded or otherwise limited. The citation of any document is not an admission that it is prior art with respect to any invention disclosed or claimed herein or that it alone, or in any
combination with any other reference or references, teaches, suggests or discloses any such invention. Further, to the extent that any meaning or definition of a term in this document conflicts with any meaning or definition of the same term in a document incorporated by reference, the meaning or definition assigned to that term in this document shall govern. While particular embodiments of the present invention have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this invention.
Claims
1. A method of making cellulose ester (CE) microbeads, the method comprising:
(a) combining a CE dope and an aqueous mixture to form an initial emulsion comprising a dispersed phase and a continuous phase, wherein the CE dope comprises a CE dissolved in a solvent;
(b) converting at least a portion of the initial emulsion into a dispersion comprising a solid phase and a liquid phase, wherein the solid phase comprises pre -hardened CE microparticles comprising at least a portion of the CE and at least a portion of the solvent, and the liquid phase comprises at least a portion of the solvent and at least a portion of the aqueous mixture;
(c) removing at least some of the solvent from the liquid phase to form a removed solvent and a solvent-depleted dispersion comprising the pre-hardened CE microparticles; and
(d) converting at least a portion of the pre-hardened CE microparticles in the solvent- depleted dispersion into hardened CE microbeads.
2. The method of Claim 1, wherein the converting of step (d) is performed by contacting the pre-hardened CE microparticles with a water-containing drowning liquid to form a hardened dispersion comprising the hardened CE microbeads and the drowning liquid.
3. The method of Claims 1 or 2, further comprising separating the solvent-depleted dispersion into a solid-enriched fraction and a separated mother liquor stream.
4. The method of Claim 3, further comprising distilling the separated mother liquor stream to produce a solvent-enriched stream and a water-enriched stream.
5. The method of Claim 4, further comprising recycling at least a portion of the solvent- enriched stream for use in forming the CE dope and/or for use as at least a portion of the aqueous mixture.
6. The method of Claims 4 or 5, further comprising recycling at least a portion of the water-enriched stream for use as at least a portion of the aqueous mixture and/or for use in the converting of step (d).
7. The method of Claims 4-6, wherein the solvent-enriched stream comprises one or more of the following components: a C1-C4 alkyl acetate; a C1-C4 alcohol; and water.
8. The method of Claim 7, wherein the solvent-enriched stream comprises: (a) the C1-C4 alkyl acetate in an amount of at least 10, 25, 50, 60, or 70 weight percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 85, or 80 weight percent; and/or (b) the C1-C4 alcohol in an amount of at least 1 , 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 weight percent and/or not more than 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, or 15 weight percent; and/or (c) water in an amount of at least 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 weight percent and/or not more than 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
9. The method of Claims 4-8, wherein the solvent-enriched stream comprises an azeotrope of water and at least one other solvent component.
10. The method of Claim 9, wherein the azeotrope is a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, or both a water/alcohol azeotrope and a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
11. The method of Claims 9 or 10, wherein the solvent-enriched stream comprises: (a) a plurality of binary azeotropes and/or (b) less than 10 weight percent, less than 1 weight percent, less than 0.1 weight percent, or 0.0 weight percent of a ternary azeotrope.
12. The method of Claims 9-11, wherein the solvent-enriched stream contains three total binary azeotropes, comprising a water/alcohol azeotrope, a water/alkyl acetate azeotrope, and an alcohol/alkyl acetate azeotrope.
13. The method of Claims 2-12, wherein a volume ratio of the drowning liquid to the solvent-depleted dispersion is less than 2.5:1.
14. The method of Claims 2-13, wherein the drowning liquid consists of, consists essentially of, or comprises water.
15. The method of Claims 2-14, wherein the drowning liquid is added to the solvent- depleted dispersion in an amount such that the weight ratio of the drowning liquid to the solvent-depleted dispersion is at least 0.1:1, 0.25:1, 0.5: 1, 0.75:1, 1:1, 1:25:1, 1.5:1, or 1.75: 1 and/or not more than 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1.5:1, 1 :1, or 0.5:1.
16. The method of Claims 1-15, wherein the removing of step (c) is performed by pervaporation, crossflow membrane filtration, flash pot, spray pot, or wiped film evaporation, and/or the removing of step (c) reduces the solvent in the dispersion by at least 30 percent, at least 50 percent, at least 75 percent, at least 90 percent, between 30 and 90 percent, or between 50 and 75 percent by weight.
17. The method of Claims 1-16, wherein the solvent-depleted dispersion has a solids content of at least 3, 4, 5, or 6 and/or not more than 40, 30, 20, or 10 weight percent.
18. The method of Claims 1-17, further comprising distilling at least a portion of the removed solvent of step (c) to produce a removed solvent-enriched stream.
19. The method of Claims 3-18, further comprising distilling the removed solvent of step (c) along with the separated mother liquor stream that has been separated from the solvent- depleted dispersion, which together forms a combined solvent -rich stream.
20. The method of Claim 19, further comprising recycling at least a portion of the combined solvent-enriched stream for use in the forming of the CE dope and/or for use in forming the aqueous mixture.
21. The method of Claims 1-20, wherein the CE has a hydroxyl degree of substitution of greater than about 0.7.
22. The method of Claims 1-21, wherein the CE comprises cellulose diacetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, or cellulose acetate propionate.
23. The method of Claims 1-22, wherein the hardened CE microbeads exhibit one or more of the following: a. a D50 particle size of at least 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8 microns and/or not more than 100, 75, 50, 25, 20, 15, or 10 microns; b. an average sphericity of at least at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95,
95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent; and c. an average smoothness of at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 95, 95, 97, 98, or 99 percent and/or not more than 99, 95, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, or 30 percent.
24. The method of Claims 1-23, wherein the hardened CE microbeads have a moisture content: (a) of greater than 0 weight percent and not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0.05 weight percent; or (b) in the range of 0-10, 0-5, 0-4, 0-3, or 1-3 weight percent.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202363455283P | 2023-03-29 | 2023-03-29 | |
US63/455,283 | 2023-03-29 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024206267A1 true WO2024206267A1 (en) | 2024-10-03 |
Family
ID=92907402
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2024/021412 WO2024206267A1 (en) | 2023-03-29 | 2024-03-26 | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with solvent removal prior to microbead hardening |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024206267A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5047180A (en) * | 1987-07-24 | 1991-09-10 | Hoechst Celanese Corporation | Process for making cellulose ester microparticles |
US20090203899A1 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2009-08-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Treatment of cellulose esters |
US20220267573A1 (en) * | 2019-07-10 | 2022-08-25 | Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing resin beads, resin beads, and product employing resin beads |
WO2023086529A1 (en) * | 2021-11-12 | 2023-05-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Biodegradable microbeads from mixed cellulose esters |
-
2024
- 2024-03-26 WO PCT/US2024/021412 patent/WO2024206267A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5047180A (en) * | 1987-07-24 | 1991-09-10 | Hoechst Celanese Corporation | Process for making cellulose ester microparticles |
US20090203899A1 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2009-08-13 | Eastman Chemical Company | Treatment of cellulose esters |
US20220267573A1 (en) * | 2019-07-10 | 2022-08-25 | Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing resin beads, resin beads, and product employing resin beads |
WO2023086529A1 (en) * | 2021-11-12 | 2023-05-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Biodegradable microbeads from mixed cellulose esters |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP4255619B2 (en) | Cellulose dispersion | |
Pereira et al. | Wheat straw hemicelluloses added with cellulose nanocrystals and citric acid. Effect on film physical properties | |
JP5296445B2 (en) | Gel composition | |
CN103403235B (en) | For the method processing nanometer fibrous cellulose | |
KR101161668B1 (en) | Nano-fiber compounded solution, emulsion and gelling material and method for production thereof, and nano-fiber synthetic paper and method for production thereof | |
Glasser | 6. Prospects for future applications of cellulose acetate | |
CN111718426A (en) | Cellulose derivative particles, cosmetic composition, and method for producing cellulose derivative particles | |
CN108359110B (en) | Carboxymethyl dextrin/chitosan composite nanogel and preparation method and application thereof | |
AU2005201162A1 (en) | Emulsifier | |
CN113181846B (en) | Preparation method of pure lignin microcapsule based on Pickering emulsion solvent volatilization | |
US20210032372A1 (en) | Method for producing cellulose particles or cellulose acetate particles | |
CN109452621A (en) | A kind of pH responsive type starch base microcapsules and preparation method thereof | |
WO2024206267A1 (en) | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with solvent removal prior to microbead hardening | |
WO2024206264A1 (en) | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with water recovery and recycle | |
WO2024206270A2 (en) | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with a solvent containing water | |
WO2024206268A2 (en) | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with a solvent containing alkyl acetate | |
CN107001774A (en) | Positive spherical monodisperse nano-particle polyester resin water system dispersion and its manufacture method and positive spherical monodisperse nano-particle polyester resin particle and its cosmetics | |
WO2024206272A2 (en) | Methods of making cellulose ester microbeads with solvent recovery and recycle | |
WO2024197204A1 (en) | Biodegradable microparticles with enhanced particle size distributions | |
WO2024197205A1 (en) | Biodegradable microbeads with enhanced optical effects | |
CN113426389B (en) | Preparation method of alcohol soluble protein microcapsule and product | |
WO2024197206A1 (en) | Cosmetic compositions containing biodegradable cellulose ester microparticles | |
CN115701981A (en) | Cellulose acetate particle, cosmetic composition, and method for producing cellulose acetate particle | |
CN110291112A (en) | Cellulose acetate and formed body | |
WO2024197207A1 (en) | Biodegradable cellulose ester microparticles and systems and methods for the production thereof |